‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫‪An Introduction to:‬‬
‫‪Hydrographic Surveying‬‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬

‫‪٢٠١٨ /١٤٣٩‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬

‫‪An Introduction to:‬‬

‫‪Hydrographic Surveying‬‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬

‫‪Gomaa M. Dawod‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ١٤٣٩‬ﻫـ ‪٢٠١٨ /‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺏ‬
 ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺧﺿﻊ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺟﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﻑ‬

‫ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﻠﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺳﻠﻣﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻻﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺎﺩﻩ ﻁﺑﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻩ ﺑﺷﺭﻁ‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﺢ ﻣﻧﻪ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻼﺑﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻛﺗﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻟﻑ‪.‬‬

‫_____________________________________________________‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ‪ -‬ﻛﻣﺭﺟﻊ – ﺑﺭﺟﺎء ﺇﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ‪ ، ٢٠١٨ ،‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺻﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺟﻠﻳﺯﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Dawod, Gomaa M., 2018, An Introduction to Hydrographic‬‬
‫‪Surveying (in Arabic), Cairo, Egypt.‬‬
‫_____________________________________________________‬

‫ﺕ‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﻫﺑﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻣﺎ ﻭﻭﻓﻘﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳﺎﺗﻲ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺩ‬ ‫﷽‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺔ ﷴ ﺑﻥ ﻋﺑﺩ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺻﻼﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻋﻭ ﻭ ﺃﺑﺗﻬﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻻﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻲ ﻋﺯ ﻭ ﺟﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﻣﻧﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻟﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻡ ﻓﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺭﺿﺎﺅﻩ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺗﺣﻘﻳﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﻭﻝ ﺭﺳﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻡ )ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻧﺎﻩ( ﺃﻥ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﺑﻥ ﺍﺩﻡ ﻳﻧﻘﻁﻊ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺗﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﺣﺩﻫﻡ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻡ ﻳﻧﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎءﺗﻧﻲ ﻓﻛﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺕ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﺑﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻁﻠﺑﺔ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻛﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺑﺷﺑﺭﺍ ‪ -‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻓﺳﺄﻟﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻷﻧﻰ ﻟﻡ ﺃﺟﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻘﺭﺭﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺭﺟﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻧﺑﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺗﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺳﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺗﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ( ﻛﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻳﺳﺗﻔﻳﺩ ﻣﻧﻪ ﻁﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﺑﺕ ﻓﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻟﻲ ﻋﺯ ﻭ ﺟﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﺃﺧﻁﺄﺕ ﻓﺗﺷﻔﻊ ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺷﺭ ‪ -‬ﺑﻔﺿﻝ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﻘﻪ ‪ -‬ﻣﻥ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻛﺗﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﺑﺗﻐﺎء ﻣﺭﺿﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻋﻭ ﻛﻝ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﻭ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻔﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺩﻋﻭ ﷲ ﺗﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻔﺭ ﻟﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﻟﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺣﺭﻣﻧﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺭﺃﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﺻﻭﻳﺑﺎﺗﻪ ‪ -‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺇﻻ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻭﺍﻗﺹ ﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ‪ -‬ﻋﺑﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺳﺑﻭﻙ ﻓﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪https://www.facebook.com/Dr.GomaaDawod/‬‬

‫‪ .....‬ﻭﻗﻝ ﺭﺑﻲ ﺯﺩﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻣﺎ ‪ ....‬ﺻﺩﻕ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻳﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫﷽‬

‫ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﺭﻳﻝ ‪٢٠١٨‬‬

‫ﺙ‬
 ‫ﺷﻛﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﺭ‬

‫ﺃﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺑﺧﺎﻟﺹ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﺭ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺩﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﻭﻋﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻣﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺃﺧﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﺭ ﺃﺻﺩﻗﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ )ﺍﻻﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ(‪:‬‬

‫)‪Amr Nabil (https://www.facebook.com/amrnobil‬‬

‫)‪Khalid Salah (https://www.facebook.com/khalidsala7‬‬

‫ﺝ‬
 ‫ﺇﻫﺩﺍء‬

‫ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻧﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻁﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻧﺗﻲ ﺳﻠﻣﻲ ﺟﻣﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺣﻔﻳﺩﺗﻲ ﺭﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺻﻁﻔﻲ ﺟﻣﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺡ‬
 ‫ﻛﺗﺏ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻣﺅﻟﻑ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﺳﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺋﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻣﺎﺗﻛﺱ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﻋﻠﻡ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ -١١‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻣﺎﺗﻛﺱ‬
‫‪ -١٢‬ﺃﺳﺱ ﻭ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫‪ -١٣‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ -١٤‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻣﺎﺗﻛﺱ‬
‫‪ -١٥‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ -١٦‬ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺯﻳﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻣﺎﺗﻛﺱ‬

‫ﻭﻛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻧﻳﺔ )ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ( ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻧﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ‪:‬‬

‫‪https://www.mediafire.com/folder/ci4ujfp7l4bqg/Gomaa_Dawod_Books‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺻﻔﺣﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻛﺎﺩﻳﻣﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ‪:‬‬

‫‪http://nwrc-egypt.academia.edu/GomaaDawod‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺻﻔﺣﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻭﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ‪:‬‬

‫‪https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Gomaa_Dawod‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﺗﻳﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ‪:‬‬

‫‪https://www.youtube.com/c/GomaaDawod‬‬

‫ﺥ‬
 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺙ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻫﺩﺍء‬
‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ‬

‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬

‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-١‬ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-١‬ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-١‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-١‬ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻣﻳﺭﺍﻟﻳﺔ‬

‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬

‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢-٢‬ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١-٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١-٢-٢‬ﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢-٢‬ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢-٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢-٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢-٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﻰ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٣-٢‬ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺩ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪٣٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٣-٢‬ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺟﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻭﻛﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻝ‬

‫‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪٣٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٣‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٣‬ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ‬
‫‪٤٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٣‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪٤٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٣‬ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-٣‬ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻟﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٥١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠-٣‬ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪٥٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١١-٣‬ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪٥٤‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٤‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٣-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫‪٦١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٣-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪٦٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٣-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‬
‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٣-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺫ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٣-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ‬

‫‪٦٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬
‫‪٦٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٤‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ‬

‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‪ :‬ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬

‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٥‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٥‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ‬
‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٧٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ‬
‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٣-٥‬ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٥‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٥‬ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ‬

‫‪٨١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬
‫‪٨١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٦‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٨١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٦‬ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٨٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٦‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬
‫‪٨٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٦‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬

‫‪٨٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫ﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪٩٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻖ‬

‫‪٩٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ‪ :١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪٩٣‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٩٣‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ‬
‫‪٩٥‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ‬
‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٠٦‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٦‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٦‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٦‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺯﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻳﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٦‬ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ‬
‫‪١١٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٦‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١١١‬‬ ‫‪ -٧‬ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫‪١٢٤‬‬ ‫‪ -٨‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ‪ :٢‬ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬

‫‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫‪١٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻱ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٢‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻅﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫‪١٣١‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ‬
‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺯ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٤‬ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ‬

‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٤‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻼﻑ‬
‫‪١٣٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٤‬ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻭﺽ‬
‫‪١٣٦‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٣٧‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٥‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ‬
‫‪١٣٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٥‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭ‬
‫‪١٣٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭ‬
‫‪١٣٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٥‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﺧﻁ‬
‫‪١٣٩‬‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ -٧‬ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬
‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٧‬ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬
‫‪١٤٢‬‬ ‫‪ -٨‬ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺇﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪ -٩‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١٥٣‬‬ ‫‪ -١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬
‫‪١٥٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١٠‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬
‫‪١٥٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١٥٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ‬
‫‪١٥٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٥٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺿﺭﺏ‬
‫‪١٥٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬
‫‪١٥٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١٦٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-١٠‬ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺱ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪١٦٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ‪ :٣‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬

‫‪١٦٢‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪١٦٢‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٦٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢‬ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬
‫‪١٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢‬ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ‬
‫‪١٦٨‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫‪١٦٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٣‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪١٧٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٣‬ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١٧٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ‬
‫‪١٧٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‬
‫‪١٧٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭﻱ‬
‫‪١٧٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻖ‬
‫‪١٨٠‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫‪١٨٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٤‬ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ‬
‫‪١٨١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‬
‫‪١٨٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٤‬ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫‪١٨٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٤‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫‪١٨٧‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪١٨٧‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٥‬ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪١٨٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٥‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪١٩٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٥‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪١٩٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫‪١٩١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭﻱ‬
‫‪١٩٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪١٩٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﺭﻭ‬
‫‪١٩٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫ﺵ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪١٩٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ‪ :٤‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ‪GPS‬‬

‫‪١٩٤‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪١٩٧‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬
‫‪٢٠١‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﻓﻛﺭﺓ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫‪٢٠٣‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬
‫‪٢٠٥‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫‪٢٠٨‬‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬
‫‪٢٠٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٦‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫‪٢٠٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٦‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪٢١١‬‬ ‫‪ -٧‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ‬

‫‪٢١٧‬‬ ‫ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻟﻑ‬

‫ﺹ‬
 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫‪Accumulative Error‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﻣﻲ‬
‫‪Accuracy‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫‪Acoustic Positioning‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫‪Acoustic Tide Gauge‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪Altimetry Satellites‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Astronomy‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻙ‬
‫‪ATR: Automatic Target Recognition‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‬
‫‪Augmentation Systems‬‬ ‫ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫‪Azimuth‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Base Line‬‬ ‫ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ‬
‫‪Bathometry‬‬ ‫ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ‬
‫‪Bearing‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺩﻭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ‬
‫‪BeDiou‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Blunder or Gross Error‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﻳﻡ‬
‫‪BM: Bench Mark‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ‬
‫‪Cartesian Coordinates‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Chart Datum‬‬ ‫ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Charted Depth‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‬
‫‪Coastal Hydrography‬‬ ‫ﻫﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺷﺎﻁﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Code Corrections‬‬ ‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫‪Control Points‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪CORS: Continuously Operating‬‬
‫‪Reference Stations‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‬
‫‪Datum‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫‪DEM: Digital Elevation Models‬‬ ‫ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫‪DGPS: Differential GPS‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ‬
‫‪Direct or Spirit Levelling‬‬ ‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻫﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Distortion‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫‪Dual-Head Profiler Scanning Sonar‬‬ ‫ﺗﺭﺩﺩﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻳﻥ‬
‫‪ECEF: Earth-Centered Earth-Fixed‬‬ ‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﻛﺯﻱ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ‬
‫‪EDM: Electronic Distance‬‬
‫‪Measurement‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ‬
‫‪Elevation Angle‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺽ‬
 ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫‪Ellipsoid or Ellipsoid of Revolution‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺿﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪Equi-Potential Surface‬‬ ‫ﺳﻁﺢ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‬
‫‪Error Propagation‬‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬
‫‪ETM: Egyptian Transverse Mercator‬‬ ‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Frequency‬‬ ‫ﺗﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻟﻳﻠﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫‪Galileo‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻭﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫‪Geodesy‬‬ ‫ﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪Geodetic Coordinates‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪Geodetic or Ellipsoidal Height‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩﻱ‬
‫‪Geographic or True Meridian‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫‪Geomatics‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻣﺎﺗﻛﺱ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬
‫‪GIS: Geographic Information‬‬
‫‪Systems‬‬ ‫ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Global Warming‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺗﺑﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻭﻧﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫‪GLONASS‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪GNSS: Global Navigation Satellite‬‬
‫‪Systems‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ )ﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ‬
‫‪GPS: Global Positioning System‬‬ ‫ﺃﺱ(‬
‫‪Grid Coordinates‬‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Hand-Held‬‬ ‫ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪Hand-Held or Navigation GPS‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ‬
‫‪HAT: Highest Astronomical Tide‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ ﻓﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻭﺡ‬
‫‪High-Resolution Bathy Systems‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪Hydrographic Survey‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫‪Hydrography‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻡ ﻭﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬
‫‪Ice Sheets Melting‬‬ ‫ﺫﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Instantaneous Sea Surface‬‬ ‫ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ‬
‫‪Interpolation‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻧﺑﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻛﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫‪IPCC‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺥ‬

‫ﻁ‬
 ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫‪ITRF: International Terrestrial‬‬
‫‪Reference Frame‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ‬
‫‪Land Subsidence‬‬ ‫ﻫﺑﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪Laser Scanner Total Station‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭﻱ‬
‫‪LAT: Lowest Astronomical Tide‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ ﻓﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫‪Latitude‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫‪Level‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫‪Levelling‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪LiDAR: Light Detection and Ranging‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺳﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻭء‬
‫‪Longitude‬‬ ‫ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ‬
‫‪Magnetic Meridian‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫‪Map Projection‬‬ ‫ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫‪Marine Geoid‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Marine Surveying‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Maritime Cartography‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪MBES: Multi-Bean Echo Sounder‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‬
‫‪MHHW: Mean High High Water‬‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎء‬
‫‪MHWN: Mean High Water Neap‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻗﻲ ﻷﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎء‬
‫‪MHWS: Mean High Water Spring‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻷﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎء‬
‫‪MLLW: Mean Low Low Water‬‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺎء‬
‫‪MLWN: Mean Low Water Neap‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻗﻲ ﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﺎء‬
‫‪MLWS: Mean Low Water Spring‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﺎء‬
‫‪Most-Probable Value‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ‬
‫‪MSL: Mean Sea Level‬‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬
‫‪MTES: Multi-Transducer Echo‬‬
‫‪Sounder‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪MTL: Mean Tide Level‬‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪MTM: Modified Transverse‬‬
‫‪Macerator‬‬ ‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻝ‬
‫‪Multi-Beam Sonar‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭﻱ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻁﻳﺎﻑ‬
‫‪Navigation‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ‬
‫‪Oceanic Hydrography‬‬ ‫ﻫﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ‬
‫‪OED1907: Old Egyptian Datum 1907‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻱ ‪١٩٠٧‬‬
‫‪Offshore Hydrography‬‬ ‫ﻫﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍﻁﺊ‬
‫‪oscillating electric signal‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺄﺭﺟﺣﺔ‬
‫‪Pegs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻅ‬
 ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫‪phase‬‬ ‫ﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫‪Photogrammetric Total Station‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Pins or Arrows‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﻭﻙ‬
‫‪Plumb Bob‬‬ ‫ﺧﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻏﻭﻝ‬
‫‪Positioning‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ‪/‬ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Post Processing‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ‬
‫‪Potential‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‬
‫‪Precise Levelling‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪Precision‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ‬
‫‪Pressure Tide Gauges‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪Prism‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ‬
‫‪Projected Coordinates‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫‪Pseudorange‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ‬
‫‪Pulse Generator‬‬ ‫ﻣﻭﻟﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Radar Altimetry‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻟﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Radar Tide Gauge‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪Random or Accidental Error‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫‪Range Pole or Rod‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍﺧﺹ‬
‫‪Receiver‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ‬
‫‪Reference Surface‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ‬
‫‪Remote Sensing‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫‪Resection‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺳﻲ‬
‫‪Residuals or Discrepancies‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ‬
‫‪RTK: Real-Time Kinematic‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ‬
‫‪SBES: Single-Bean Echo Sounder‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬
‫‪sextant‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﺳﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫‪Sounding Datum‬‬ ‫ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ‬
‫‪Spherical Coordinates‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Staff‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪Standard Deviation‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Standard Error‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Sub-Bottom Profiler‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ‬
‫‪synchronization‬‬ ‫ﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ‬
‫‪Systematic Error‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﻅﻡ‬
‫‪Tachometry‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‬

‫ﻉ‬
 ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫‪Tape‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬
‫‪Theodolite‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫‪Tide Gauges‬‬ ‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪Tides‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪Topographic Maps‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Total Station‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺑﺫﺏ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪Transducer‬‬ ‫ﻣﺻﺭ(‬
‫‪Transmitter‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ‬
‫‪True Error‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫‪UTM: Universal Transverse Mercator‬‬
‫‪Projection‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ‬
‫‪UUV: Unmanned Underwater Vehicle‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‬
‫‪Variance‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ‬
‫‪Vertical Control Network‬‬ ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Vertical Datum‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ‬
‫‪Waves‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻭﺍﺝ‬
‫‪weight‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫‪Weighted Mean‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺯﻭﻥ‬
‫‪Zenith Angle‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺕ‬

‫ﻍ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ ١-١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺑ ﺳﻁﺔ ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺗﺷﺑﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺗﻬ ﺗﻡ ﺑ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﻔ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳ ﺯ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ‪ X,Y,Z‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺱ‪،‬ﺹ‪،‬ﻉ )ﻉ = ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ( ﻟ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ X,Y,D‬ﺃﻭ ﺱ‪،‬ﺹ‪،‬ﻕ ﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء )ﻕ = ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ ﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ )ﺳ ﻭﺍء‬
‫ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻧﻬ ﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﻋ ﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺣ ﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣ ﻳﻁ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑ ﻰ "ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ" ﻫ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺭﺏ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺟ ﻭﻫﺭﻱ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻬﺗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﻫﻧﺩﺳ ﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﻟﻣ ﺎ ﻫ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ‪/‬ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁﻰ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ "ﻋﻠﻡ ﻭﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ‪ "Hydrography‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭ ﻭﺻﻑ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻡ‪ :‬ﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﻣﻛﻭﻧ ﺎﺕ ﻗ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ )ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳ ﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻓﻳﺯﻳ ﺎء( ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑ ﺳﺔ )ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺯﻳﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻐ ﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻱ( ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺻﺎﺋﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﺣﺭ )ﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﻭﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺧ ﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺯﻳﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ(‬
‫‪Hydrography is the science of measuring, describing, and‬‬
‫‪depicting: nature and configuration of the seabed,‬‬
‫‪geographical‬‬ ‫‪relationships‬‬ ‫‪to‬‬ ‫‪land‬‬ ‫‪mass,‬‬ ‫‪and‬‬
‫‪characteristics and dynamics of the sea.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ" ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻰ ‪ "Hydrographic Survey‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻭﺻ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻅ ﺎﻫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﺅﺛﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧ ﺷﺎءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳ ﻙ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺣﻔ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ( ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻛ ﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻔ ﺭ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻐ ﺎﺯ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Hydrographic survey is the science of measurement and‬‬
‫‪description of features which affect maritime navigation,‬‬
‫‪maritime construction, dredging, offshore oil exploration,‬‬
‫‪offshore oil drilling, and related activities.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١-١‬ﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﻣ ﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﺭﺍﺩﻓ ﺎ ﻟﻣ ﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﺁﺧ ﺭ ﻭ ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ‪ maritime cartography‬ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳ ﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺎﻡ ‪ raw data‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﻡ ﺟﻣﻌﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ‬
‫‪) information‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻭﺭﻫﺎ( ﻳﺳﺗﻔﻳﺩ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻧ ﻭﺍﺣﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺷ ﺎﻁﺋﻳﺔ ‪ ،coastal‬ﻫﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﻗﺭﻳﺑ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻭﺍﻁﺊ ‪ ،offshore‬ﻫﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﻳﻁ‬
‫‪ .oceanic‬ﻓﺎﻟﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻁﺋﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺗﻧﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺍﻧﺊ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺔ ﻣ ﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻵﻣﻧ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻭﺍﻁﺊ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻳﺑ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻭﺍﻁﺊ ﻓﺗ ﺷﻣﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻧﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻁﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣ ﺻﺎﺋﺩ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻣﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻣﻬ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﻳ ﺩﺓ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﺳﻡ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٣-١‬ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻅﻬ ﺭﺕ ﺍﺣ ﺩﻱ ﻗﻁ ﻊ ﺍﻵﺛ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳﻌ ﻭﺩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ١٤٥٠‬ﻗﺑ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﻳﻼﺩ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑ ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻋﻧ ﺔ ﻗ ﺩ ﻗ ﺎﻣﻭﺍ ﺑﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧ ﺹ ﻣﻛﺗ ﻭﺏ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻓﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺅﺭﺥ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﻳﺭ ﻫﻳﺭﻭﺩﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺫﻛﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ٦٦‬ﻗﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺻﺏ ﻧﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢-١‬ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﺩﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﻳﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺗﺛﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺳﻬﻣﻭﺍ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺍ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺑ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ "ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ" ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺟﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ ﻋﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻳﻼﺩﻱ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺅﻟﻔ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﺑ ﻥ ﻣﺎﺟ ﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﺗ ﺭﻙ ﻛﺗ ﺎﺑﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﺗ ﺎﺏ "ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﺋ ﺩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﺻ ﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋ ﺩ" ﻭ ﻛﺗ ﺎﺏ‬
‫"ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﺻ ﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻳﻬﻣ ﺎ ﺫﻛ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻟ ﻑ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﺟ ﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻣ ﻭﺍﺝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻓﻳﻌ ﻭﺩ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺯﻣ ﻥ ﻁﻭﻳ ﻝ‬
‫ﺟﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺑﺩﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻳﻁﺎﻧﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.١٦٨٣‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻹﺟ ﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ‪ Bathometry‬ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺑ ﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻠﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻗ ﺳﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺛﻘ ﻝ ﺣﺩﻳ ﺩﻱ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺭﻣﻳ ﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ‪ -‬ﺣﻧﻲ ﻳﺳﺗﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﻘﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ ‪ -‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻅ ﺔ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﺃﻗ ﺳﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻰ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ )ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ( ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺑﺣ ﺭﻱ ﺑ ﺳﻳﻁ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻛ ﺳﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ sextant‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻳﺷﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳ ﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ‪/‬ﻫ ﺩﻓﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻓ ﺎﻥ ﻛ ﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺣ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻬ ﺩﻓﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎ )ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﻣ ﺛﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻲ )ﺍﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ( ﻟﻠﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣-١‬ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٤-١‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﺳﺗﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻳﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩﻯ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺑﺗﻛﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ‪echo‬‬
‫‪ sounders‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺑ ﺳﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﺗ ﺳﺗﻐﺭﻗﻪ ﺍﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻣﻧ ﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻁﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻁﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻣﻧ ﻪ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻁ ﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ ‪ -‬ﻓﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ‪ Theodolite‬ﺣﻳ ﺙ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ‪Control‬‬
‫‪ Points‬ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺳﻲ ‪.Resection‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٥-١‬ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﻣﺎﻧﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩﻱ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﺑﺗﻛﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ‬
‫‪ Total Station‬ﻓﺄﺻ ﺑﺢ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺃﺳ ﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺃﺩﻕ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ‬
‫‪ Prism‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ )ﺗﺣﺗﻠﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﻟﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗ ﻪ ﺑ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺁﻟﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﺗ ﺯﺍﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺑ ﺳﻳﻁﺔ )ﺑﺎﻟ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻣ ﺛﻼ( ﻟﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺭﺑ ﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺑﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻋﻧﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٦-١‬ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﻧﺗ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪) Global Positioning System: GPS‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ( ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺗﺧ ﺻﺹ‬
‫)ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ‪ (HyPack‬ﺑﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺗ ﺯﺍﻣﻥ ‪ synchronization‬ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ ﺱ‪،‬ﺹ‪،‬ﻕ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٧-١‬ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫ﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺑﺗﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻭ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻓ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺻ ﺑﺢ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑ ﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻳ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣ ﺳﺱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺿﻭء ‪ Light Detection and Ranging: LiDAR‬ﻭﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑ ﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ‪) Unmanned Underwater Vehicle: UUV‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﻬ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻁ ﺎﺋﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻳ ﺔ ‪ (Unmanned Aerial Vehicle: UAV‬ﻭﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻳ ﺯﺭﻱ ﻣﺗﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻁﻳ ﺎﻑ ‪ Multi-Beam Sonar‬ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﻣﻛﻧ ﻪ ﺍﻁ ﻼﻕ ﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻗ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌ ﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻳﻣﻛﻧ ﻪ ﺟﻣ ﻊ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭ ﻟﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻲ ‪Side‬‬
‫‪ Scan Sonar‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺭﺳﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻳﻣﻛﻧ ﻪ ﺗﺣ ﺳﺱ ﺍﻟﻅ ﺎﻫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻟ ﻳﺱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻧﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺧﻁ ﺑﺧﻁ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺗ ﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٨-١‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ‪UUV‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٩-١‬ﻓﻛﺭﺓ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ‪Side Scan Sonar‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١‬ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺟﻣﻊ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﻬﺎ ﺿﺩ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌ ﺔ )ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺃﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ( ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻣ ﻝ ﺗ ﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ‪ Tides‬ﻭ ﺍﻷﻣ ﻭﺍﺝ ‪ Waves‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ‪ Water Level‬ﻭﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ‪Thermoclins or water‬‬
‫‪ .temperature differences‬ﻭﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻡ )ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ‪Digital Elevation Models: DEM‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ‪Bathometry‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Topographic‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧ ﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻅ ﺎﻫﺭﺍﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Maps‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻅﺎﻫﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻁﺊ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻁﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﻳﺭﺍﺕ(‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء )ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺩﻭﺩ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ(‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ )ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﺎﻧﻳﺔ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ(‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺗﺭﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٠-١‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١١-١‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ ٥-١‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺳﻭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻣﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ‪ -‬ﻣﻧﺫ‬
‫ﺳ ﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻠ ﺔ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪Mean Sea Level: MSL‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺗﻘ ﻭﻡ ﻛ ﻝ ﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ‪/‬ﻣﺅﺳ ﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺗﻣﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺩﺍﻫﺎ ﻛﻣﺭﺟﻊ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ )‪ (١-١‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ )ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﺣ ﺩﺩﺓ(‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ‪ MSL‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻁ ﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪MSL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺗ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺃﺣ ﺳﻥ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩﻫﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ‪ ١٨.٦‬ﺳﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪M.S.L. is the average level taken up by the‬‬
‫‪sea. The best result can be obtained with‬‬
‫‪18.6 years observation‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻭ ﺃﻗ ﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻟ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻛﺎﺩ ‪ MTL‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪.MSL‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪M.T.L. is the average value of all the heights Mean Tide Level:‬‬
‫‪of high and low waters over a certain period‬‬ ‫‪MTL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻷﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎﻗﺑ ﺔ ﻷﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣ ﺎء ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫‪ Mean High Water‬ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪The average, throughout a year when the Spring: MHWS‬‬
‫‪average maximum declination of the moon is‬‬
‫‪23.5o, of the high two successive high waters‬‬
‫‪during those period of 24 hours, when the‬‬
‫‪range of the tide is greatest.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺳ ﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎﻗﺑ ﺔ ﻷﻗ ﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣ ﺎء ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﺎء‬
‫‪ Mean Low Water‬ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ )ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪The average height obtained by the two Spring: MLWS‬‬
‫‪successive low waters during the same‬‬
‫‪period.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﺎﻗﻲ ﻷﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎﻗﺑ ﺔ ﻷﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣ ﺎء ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎء‬
‫‪The average, throughout a year as defined in Mean High Water‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
______________________________________________________________

M.H.W.S., of the height of two successive Neap: MHWN

high waters during these periods when the
range of the tide is least.
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺳ ﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎﻗﺑ ﺔ ﻷﻗ ﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣ ﺎء ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻗﻲ ﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﺎء‬
.(‫ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ )ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬Mean Low Water
The average height obtain from the two Neap: MLWN
successive low waters during the same
period.
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﻲ ﻷﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺗ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﺑ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻳ ﻭﻡ ﻓ ﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎء‬
‫ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‬Mean High High
The mean of the higher of the two daily high Water: MHHW
waters experienced over a period.
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ ﻷﻗﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻳ ﻭﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﻓﺗ ﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺎء‬
.‫ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‬Mean Low Low
The mean of the lower of the two daily low Water: MLLW
waters experienced over a period.
‫ﺃﻗ ﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑ ﺅ ﺑ ﻪ )ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﻪ( ﻗ ﺩ ﻳﺣ ﺩﺙ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻅ ﺭﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ ﻓﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ‬.‫ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻓﻠﻛﻳﺔ‬Lowest
‫ ﻭﻳﻌ ﺭﻑ ﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ‬.‫ ﺳ ﻧﺔ‬١٨.٦ (‫ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ﻟﻔﺗ ﺭﺓ )ﻣﺛﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ‬Astronomical Tide:
‫ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻘ ﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻣ ﺩ‬chart Datum ‫ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‬LAT
.‫ ﻣﺗﺭ‬٠.١ ‫ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ ﻣﺗﻧﺑﺄ ﺑﺄﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
The lowest level which can be predicted to
occur under average meteorology condition
and under any combination of astronomical
conditions. It can only be obtained properly
by studying tidal prediction covering (ideally)
about 18.6 years, as the level of L.A.T will not
be reached every year. Chart datum has

______________________________________________________________
‫ ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬.‫ﺩ‬ ١٠ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬/‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
______________________________________________________________

been rather more broadly defined as the level

below which no predicted tide shall fall by
more than 0.1 meter.
‫ﺃﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑ ﺅ ﺑ ﻪ )ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﻪ( ﻗ ﺩ ﻳﺣ ﺩﺙ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻅ ﺭﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ ﻓﻠﻛﻲ‬
.‫ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻓﻠﻛﻳﺔ‬Highest
H.A.T. is the highest level which can be Astronomical Tide:
predicted to occur under average HAT
meteorology condition and under any
combination of astronomical conditions.
.‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ‬
The level to which soundings are reduced in Sounding Datum
the course of a hydrographic survey, and is
therefore the datum used for the completed
fair chart or final tracing.
.‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‬
The vertical distance between object to Charted Depth
sounding datum

‫( ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‬١٢-١) ‫ﺷﻛﻝ‬

______________________________________________________________
‫ ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬.‫ﺩ‬ ١١ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬/‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٦-١‬ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻣﻳﺭﺍﻟﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﻗ ﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﺗﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻣﻳﺭﺍﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﻁﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺑﺈﺻ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺷﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ )ﺳﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﻋ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳ ﺔ( ﺑﻣﻘﺎﺑ ﻝ ﻣ ﺎﺩﻱ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﻟ ﻭﻛﻼء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩﻳﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻌﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻭﻝ )ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﻣ ﺛﻼ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛ ﻼء ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻭﻳﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺳ ﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺑﻭﺭﺳ ﻌﻳﺩ(‪ .‬ﻟﻣﺯﻳ ﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔ ﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻳﺭﺟ ﻰ ﺯﻳ ﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻻﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪https://www.admiralty.co.uk/‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٣-١‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻣﻳﺭﺍﻟﻳﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬

‫‪ ١-٢‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌ ﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻁﻬﻳ ﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻛﺭﻳ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻫ ﻡ )ﻭ ﺭﺑﻣ ﺎ ﺃﺳ ﻬﻝ( ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻛﺛﻳ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ )ﺗﺭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﺭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻬﺭ( ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﺭﺳﺑﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻣ ﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻠﻔ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺯﻣﻥ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻘﻠ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﺣﺟ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﻳ ﻖ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﺗﺑﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺗﻁﻬﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻛ ﻝ ﻓﺗ ﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻗﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ ﻋﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺑ ﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﺟ ﺭﺍء ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻁﻬﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ ﺑﻬﺩﻑ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻣ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺭﺟﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﻬﻳ ﺭ ﻭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻧﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺣﻘﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻣﻛﺗﺑ ﻲ ﻛﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺳﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻛﺄﻣﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﻧﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﺳﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺳ ﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﻭ ﻫﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٢‬ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ ١-١-٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻫ ﻲ ﻓ ﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﺑﺣ ﺙ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟ ﺙ‬
‫)ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ( ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻧﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺃﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺷ ﺑﻛﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻓﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﻳﺏ ﻓﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳ ﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟ ﺙ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻋﻪ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻳﺔ )ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺿﻳﺔ( ﻳﻘﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺅﺧﺭﺓ ‪ :Back Sight or BS‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺗﺅﺧ ﺫ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ‪ :For Sight or FS‬ﺁﺧﺭ ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺗﺅﺧ ﺫ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻗﺑ ﻝ ﻧﻘ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁﺔ ‪ :Intermediate Sight or IS‬ﻛ ﻝ ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺗﺅﺧ ﺫ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻝ ‪ :Turning point‬ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺅﺧ ﺫ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺓ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١-٢‬ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ ﺑﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻳ ﻪ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭ ﺃﻭ ‪BM‬‬
‫)ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ A‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ( ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﺟ ﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺧﻼﻟ ﻪ )ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ‪ ٣‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ(‪ .‬ﻳﻔ ﺿﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻭﺿ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ )ﺑﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ( ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺿ ﺑﻁ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻛ ﻝ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ )ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ( ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻳﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺎ ﻭﻳ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ( ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻅﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ )ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ( ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ )ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ‪ ٥‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻟﻣﻭﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩ )ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ B‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ(‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺿ ﺑﻁ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﺗ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳ ﺔ ﺛ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ‪) ٣‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ(‬
‫ﺃﺻﺑﺣﺕ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻡ ﺭﺻﺩﻫﺎ ﻣ ﺭﺓ ﻛﻘ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ )ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ‪ (A‬ﻭﻣ ﺭﺓ ﻛﻘ ﺭﺍءﺓ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ )ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ‪ .(B‬ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻛ ﺭﺍﺭ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﺕ ﻁ ﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻟﻲ )ﺍﻟﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ( ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺗﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ﺫ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻋﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ – ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء ﺇﺟ ﺭﺍء ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ – ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺗﻁﺑﻳ ﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﺍء ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﺣﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﺗﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺛﺎﻟﺛ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء ﻭﻗ ﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ )ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ‪ A‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ( ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ ١‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ( ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺗﻧﻘﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪) ٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ( ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻝ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻟﻳ ﺻﺑﺢ ﻟ ﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩﺍ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻁ ﺭﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ ﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﺗ ﻡ ﺇﺟ ﺭﺍء ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ )ﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ( ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺧﻔ ﺎﺽ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣ ﻲ ﻓﻠﺩﻳ ﻪ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﻹﺗﻣ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳ ﺏ ﺍﻵﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧ ﺎﺹ ﺑ ﻪ‪ .‬ﻓ ﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻣﻧ ﺎ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟ ﻲ ‪ BM‬ﻓﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻓﺭﺽ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻟ ﻪ ﻟﺗ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻬ ﺎ )ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺃﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١-٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ( ‪ +‬ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪(٢-٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻓﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻗ ﺩ ﺗﺣﻭﻟ ﺕ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻭﻳ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٣-٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ – ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ = ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺧﺭﺍﺕ – ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺩﺃﺕ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺃ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺑﻬﺎ )‪ ١٠.٥٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ( ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺧ ﺫﺕ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ‪ ٣ ، ٢ ، ١‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺃﻧﺗﻘ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺹ ‪،‬ﺃﺧ ﺫﺕ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ‪.٥ ، ٤ ، ٣‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﻳﺏ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢-٢‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﻟﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺱ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ( ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫= ‪ ١١.٣٠ = ٠.٨٠ + ١٠.٥٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ‪ = ١‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫= ‪ ٩.٢٠ = ٢.١٠ – ١١.٣٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ‪ = ٢‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫= ‪ ٩.٨٠ = ١.٥٠ – ١١.٣٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ‪ = ٣‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫= ‪ ١٠.٨٠ = ٠.٥٠ – ١١.٣٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺻﺑﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻭﺃﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺹ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ )‪ + (٣‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫= ‪ ١٤.٢٠ = ٣.٤٠ + ١٠.٨٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ‪ = ٤‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫= ‪ ١٢.٥٠ = ١.٧٠ – ١٤.٢٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ‪ = ٥‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫= ‪ ١١.٦٠ = ٢.٦٠ – ١٤.٢٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ‬ ‫ﻗﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ‬ ‫‪١٠.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١١.٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٠.٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺃ‬
‫‪٩.٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٢.١٠‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٩.٨٠‬‬ ‫‪١.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪١٠.٨٠‬‬ ‫‪١٤.٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٠.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣.٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪١٢.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١.٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪١١.٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٢.٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬

‫‪٣.١٠‬‬ ‫‪٤.٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ – ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ = ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺧﺭﺍﺕ – ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ – ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ = ‪ ١.١٠ = ١٠.٥٠ – ١١.٦٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺧﺭﺍﺕ – ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺎﺕ = ‪ ١.١٠ = ٣.١٠ – ٤.٢٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺳﻠﻳﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧ ﺔ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺎ )ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﻟﻳﻼ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻧﺧﻔ ﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺕ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺩﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٤-٢‬‬ ‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ = ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ – ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪(٥-٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ‪ +‬ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ = ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺧﻔﺎﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫= ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ – ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫)‪(٦-٢‬‬ ‫= ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺧﺭﺍﺕ – ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﺃ ‪ ١.٣٠ - = ٢.١٠ – ٠.٨٠ = ١ -‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ = ١‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺃ ‪ +‬ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‬
‫= ‪ ٩.٢٠ = ١.٣٠ - ١٠.٥٠ = (١.٣٠-) + ١٠.٥٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ٠.٦٠ + = ١.٥٠ – ٢.١٠ = ٢ - ١‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ = ٢‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ + ١‬ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‬
‫= ‪ ٩.٨٠ = ٠.٦٠ + ٩.٢٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ١.٠٠ + = ٠.٥٠ – ١.٥٠ = ٣ - ٢‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ = ٣‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ + ٢‬ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‬
‫= ‪ ١٠.٨٠ = ١.٠٠ + ٩.٨٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ١.٧٠ + = ١.٧٠ – ٣.٤٠ = ٤ - ٣‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ = ٤‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ + ٣‬ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‬
‫= ‪ ١٢.٥٠ = ١.٧٠ + ١٠.٨٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ٠.٩٠ - = ٢.٦٠ – ١.٧٠ = ٥ - ٤‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ = ٥‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ + ٤‬ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‬
‫= ‪ ١١.٦٠ = ٠.٩٠ – ١٢.٥٠ = ( ٠.٩٠ - ) + ١٢.٥٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﻗﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ‬ ‫‪١٠.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٠.٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺃ‬
‫‪٩.٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١.٣٠ -‬‬ ‫‪٢.١٠‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٩.٨٠‬‬ ‫‪٠.٦٠ +‬‬ ‫‪١.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪١٠.٨٠‬‬ ‫‪١.٠٠ +‬‬ ‫‪٠.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣.٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪١٢.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١.٧٠ +‬‬ ‫‪١.٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪١١.٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٠.٩٠ -‬‬ ‫‪٢.٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬

‫‪٣.١٠‬‬ ‫‪٤.٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺧﻔﺎﺿﺎﺕ =‬
‫= ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ – ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫= ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺧﺭﺍﺕ – ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ = ‪ ٣.٣٠ = ١.٧٠ + ١.٠٠ + ٠.٦٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺧﻔﺎﺿﺎﺕ = ‪ ٢.٢٠ = ٠.٩٠ + ١.٣٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ – ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺧﻔﺎﺿﺎﺕ = ‪ ١.١٠ = ٢.٢٠ = ٣.٣٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ – ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ = ‪ ١.١٠ = ١٠.٥٠ – ١١.٦٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺧﺭﺍﺕ – ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺎﺕ = ‪ ١.١٠ = ٣.١٠ – ٤.٢٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺳﻠﻳﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﻟﺗﻘ ﺩﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺗ ﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻟﻘﺑ ﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓ ﺽ )ﺇﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺻ ﺩ( ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺗ ﺷﻣﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ‪ (١) :‬ﻗﻔ ﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﻬ ﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ‪ BM‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭﺍ ﺑﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ‪ (٢) ،‬ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺃﺣﺩﻫﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﺑﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ = ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ –‬
‫)‪(٧-٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ = ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ –‬
‫)‪(٨-٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻹﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ = ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ –‬
‫)‪(٩-٢‬‬ ‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻹﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺳ ﻬﻝ‬
‫ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺇﻣ ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﺧﻠﻔﻳ ﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺟﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﻱ ﻗﺎﻣﺔ )ﺳﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ( ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳ ﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫)ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ = )ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ – ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ(‬
‫)‪(١٠-٢‬‬ ‫× ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ = ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛ ﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﻟﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻭﻗﻔﺔ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺟﻣ ﻊ ﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻠ ﻲ ﻟﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١١-٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ = ﻥ ‪ ‬ﻙ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻁﻭﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ‬ ‫ﻙ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﻥ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ )ﻥ( ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﻠ ﺩ ﻣ ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﻭﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺫﺍﺗ ﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ )ﻥ( ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﻟﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﻥ=‪٤‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﻥ=‪٥‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻥ=‪٨‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ‬ ‫ﻥ = ‪١٢‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺗﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﻓﺭﻕ‬ ‫ﻗﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺭ‬ ‫‪١٠.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٠.٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺃ‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٩.٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١.٣٠ -‬‬ ‫‪٢.١٠‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬ ‫‪٩.٨٠‬‬ ‫‪٠.٦٠ +‬‬ ‫‪١.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪١٠.٨٠‬‬ ‫‪١.٠٠ +‬‬ ‫‪٠.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣.٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬ ‫‪١٢.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١.٧٠ +‬‬ ‫‪١.٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬ ‫‪١١.٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٠.٩٠ -‬‬ ‫‪٢.٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬

‫‪ ١٦٤‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬ ‫‪٣.١٠‬‬ ‫‪٤.٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ‬

‫‪ ٠.١٦٤‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ‬

‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﺄﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ = ‪  ٥‬ﻙ = ‪ ٢.٠٢ = ( ٠.١٦٤  ) ٥‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ = ‪  ٨‬ﻙ = ‪ ٣.٢٤ = ( ٠.١٦٤  ) ٨‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ = ‪  ١٢‬ﻙ = ‪ ٤.٨٦ = ( ٠.١٦٤  ) ١٢‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٢-٢‬ﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺈﻧ ﺷﺎء ﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭ ‪) BM‬ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ(‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﺟ ﺭﺍء ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ ‪ -‬ﺫﻫﺎﺑ ﺎ ﻭ ﻋ ﻭﺩﺓ ‪ -‬ﺑ ﺩءﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺭﺏ ﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭ ﻣﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺭﻳﺑ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﺟ ﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣ ﺔ )ﺧﻁ ﺄ ﻗﻔ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ( ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ "ﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ" ﺑﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ ﺭﻓﻌ ﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻁ ﻭﻳﻼ ﻓﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﻓ ﺿﻝ ﺍﻧ ﺷﺎء ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ "ﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ" ﺑﺩءﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﻠ ﻲ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻣﺭﺣﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻧ ﺷﺎء ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺭﺅﺅﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﺻ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ‪ .‬ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺳ ﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺗﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺍﻟ ﻲ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﻁﺑﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣-٢‬ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺩ ﺳﻠ ﺳﻠﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻠﺏ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻼﻣ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺭﻗﻣﺔ ﻛﻝ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﻭ ‪ ٣‬ﺍﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﺗﺭ )ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺎﻭﻻ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ( ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻭﺗ ﺩﻳﻥ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ‪ BS‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ )ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ( ﺛ ﻡ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ ‪ FS‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟ ﻲ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿ ﻭﻋﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺗ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ )ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ ١‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺎﻭﻻ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻭﺗ ﺩﻭﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﻳﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻭﻻ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﺗ ﺻﻝ ﺍﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺃﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ )ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ‪ (٢‬ﻭﻫﻛ ﺫﺍ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻛﺎﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗ ﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺧ ﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺃﺧ ﺫ ﺑﻌ ﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺟﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋ ﻝ ﻣﻧ ﻪ )ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻳﻥ( ﻟﺭﺳ ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٤-٢‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٢‬ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻣﺔ "ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻱ ‪ "Tachometry‬ﻣﻌﻧﺎﻫ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺭﻳﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ﻟﻠﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻣﻌﻧﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﻟ ﻳﺱ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓ ﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺗﻣﻳ ﺯ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧ ﺭﻯ )ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻓﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﻳﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ( ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻳ ﺳﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺟﺩﺍ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻭﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻬ ﺩﻑ )ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ( ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ‬
‫ﺷ ﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﺭﻛﺑﻳﻥ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﺣﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺷ ﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳ ﺕ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺿ ﻲ ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻫ ﻭ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻳﻥ ﻣﺛﻠﺛ ﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ )ﺃﻭ ﺭﺻ ﺩ( ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻳﺗ ﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻛ ﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺎﺗﺞ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻫ ﻡ ﻋﻳ ﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻣﺛ ﻝ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺷ ﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ )ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ( ﻭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻅ ﻼﻝ )ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗ ﻳﻥ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺿﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻧﺷﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ( ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺳﻧﻘﺩﻡ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ )ﺍﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ ‪ (EDM‬ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻧﺑﺎﻁ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ = ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ × ﺟ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ‬
‫‪(١٢-٢).....‬‬ ‫ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻁﺎﻟﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﺄﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺏ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺃ ‪ +‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ -‬ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ‪ -‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ‬
‫‪(١٣-٢).....‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺏ = ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺃ ‪ +‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪) -‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ × ﺟ ﺎ‬
‫‪(١٤-٢).....‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ( ‪ -‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٥-٢‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ )ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ )ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻭﻻ( ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١٥-٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ = ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ × ﺟﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺗﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ )ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ( ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻼﻫﻣ ﺎ‬
‫)ﺑﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻛﻼﻫﻣﺎ( ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪D12  ( X 2  X 1 ) 2  (Y2  Y1 ) 2‬‬ ‫)‪(2-16‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٦-٢‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺑﻬ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﻗﻁ ﺎﻉ ﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻗﻠﻳ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳﺣﺗﻠﻬ ﺎ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﺎﺟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻥ ﺑﺳﻳﻁ ﻭ ﺑﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬

‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻋ ﺩﻡ ﺗ ﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺷ ﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻧ ﻪ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺗ ﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ )ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ( ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﺣﺩﻱ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺗﻲ ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻅﻼﻝ‪.‬‬

‫)ﺃ( ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺃﺣ ﺩ ﻁﺭﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧ ﻁ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻭﺿ ﻊ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺧ ﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ﺑﻘ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﻭ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻳﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﻭﺿ ﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﻓﻘ ﻲ ﺗﻣﺎﻣ ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٧-٢‬ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ = ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻲ ﺷﻌﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ( × ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪(١٧-٢‬‬ ‫‪ +‬ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ‪ +‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫)‪(١٨-٢‬‬ ‫– ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳ ﺕ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﻫﻣ ﺎ ﻗﻳﻣﺗ ﻳﻥ ﻣﺣ ﺩﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺗﺎﻟﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﺗ ﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻱ = ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﻲ =‬
‫ﺻﻔﺭ )ﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ(‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٨-٢‬ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ = ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻲ ﺷﻌﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ( × ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪(١٩-٢‬‬ ‫× ﺟﺗﺎ‪ ٢‬ﻥ ‪) +‬ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ × ﺟﺗﺎ ﻥ(‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ‪ +‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫)‪(٢٠-٢‬‬ ‫– ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁﻲ ‪ +‬ﺹ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ‪ +‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫)‪(٢١-٢‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁﻲ ‪ -‬ﺹ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٢٢-٢‬‬ ‫ﺹ = ‪ ٠.٥‬ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ ‪ +‬ﺟﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﻥ ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻱ × ﺟﺎ ﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ = ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﻝ – ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻥ = ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ – ﺑﻌﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٢٣-٢‬‬ ‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ = ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ × ﻅﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫)ﺏ( ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻅﻼﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺃﺣ ﺩ ﻁﺭﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧ ﻁ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻭﺿ ﻊ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺧ ﺭﻯ ﻭﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺑﻘ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﻭ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺗﻳﻥ )ﺃﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗ ﻳﻥ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺗ ﻳﻥ(‪ .‬ﺗﻌ ﺩ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻅ ﻼﻝ ﺃﻗ ﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺷ ﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﻟﻛﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻧﺎﺳ ﺏ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻋ ﺩﻡ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺗﻧ ﺎ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎﻛﻳﻭﻣﺗﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻁﺭﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧ ﻁ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻳﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺫ ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳ ﻣﺣﺕ ﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺧ ﺫ ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺳ ﻁﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ﻣﺎﺋﻼ )ﺳﻭﺍء ﻷﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ(‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٢٤-٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ = )ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ – ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ( ‪ /‬ﻅﺎ ﻥ‬
‫)‪(٢٥-٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ +‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻥ = ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٩-٢‬ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻅﻼﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻌﻳﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺫ ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺄﺧﺫ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺎ ﺗﻣﺎﻣ ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺳﻳﺗﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ﻣﺎﺋﻼ )ﺃﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺗﻳﻥ(‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٠-٢‬ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻅﻼﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻌﻳﻥ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﻳﻥ‬

‫)‪(٢٦-٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ = )ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ‪ – ٢‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ‪ ) / ( ١‬ﻅﺎ ﻥ – ﻅﺎ ﻱ(‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ +‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪+‬‬
‫)‪(٢٧-٢‬‬ ‫) ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ × ﻅﺎ ﻥ( ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﻓﺄﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ +‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪+‬‬
‫)‪(٢٨-٢‬‬ ‫) ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ × ﻅﺎ ﻱ( ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ +‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪-‬‬
‫)‪(٢٩-٢‬‬ ‫) ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ × ﻅﺎ ﻥ( ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﻓﺄﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ = ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ +‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪-‬‬
‫)‪(٣٠-٢‬‬ ‫) ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ × ﻅﺎ ﻱ( ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪ :‬ﻥ = ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻱ = ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ )ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺭ(‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﻣ ﺎ ﻗﺑ ﻝ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﻧ ﺷﺎء ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠ ﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺟﻳ ﺩﺓ ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﺗﺭﺍﻓ ﺭﺱ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻲ ﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ ﻣﻌﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﻲ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺣﺗ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺗﺛﺑﻳ ﺕ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺗﻳﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻋﺩﺓ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺛﻭﺍﺑﺕ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺗﻣﺗﺩ ﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﻭﻳﻠ ﺔ )ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ(‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻓﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻻﻛﺗﻔ ﺎء ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ‪ Hand-Held or Navigation GPS‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ )ﺩﻗﺔ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑ ﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻓﻘ ﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧ ﺏ ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ( ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺭﺏ ﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻷﺣ ﺩﻱ ﻫ ﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ )ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺷﺭﺣﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١١-٢‬ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﻓﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻓﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺩ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﺻﻠﺏ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻼﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﻗﻣ ﺔ ﻛ ﻝ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﻭ ‪ ٣‬ﺍﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ )ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺎﻭﻻ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ( ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺩﻳﻥ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﺣ ﺗﻼﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ )ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ( ﻭﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ( ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﻟﻬ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻣﺗﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ )ﻛﻝ ‪ ٢‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ٣‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ( ﺣ ﺙ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ‬
‫‪ prism‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻣﺎ ﺳﺑﻖ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻛﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧ ﻪ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ ﺑﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻠ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (١٤-٢‬ﻓﺄﻧ ﻪ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺃﺳ ﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ )ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺭﺻﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗ ﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺧ ﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻭ ﺑ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺃﺧ ﺫ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺟ ﺳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻝ ﻣﻧﻪ )ﻓﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻳﻥ( ﻟﺭﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٢-٢‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻻﻧﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻐﻧﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺎﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟ ﺔ )‪ (١٥-٢‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (١٦-٢‬ﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺳ ﻳﻘﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻧﺧﻔ ﺎﺽ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻛ ﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﺭﺻ ﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ ﻭ ﺳﻳ ﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٣-٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﻰ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻹﺟ ﺭﺍء ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳ ﻙ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﻁﻬﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻳﺟ ﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﻣﻳﻣﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ( ﻟﻠﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻟ ﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻛ ﻝ ﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﺷﺎﺅﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺯﻣﻥ ﺗﺣ ﺩﺙ ﺗﺭﺳ ﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ ﺗﻘﻠ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﻘﻠ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﺣﺟ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺑ ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬ ﺩﻑ ﻣ ﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﻁﻬﻳﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺣﺎﻟﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺣﺩﺛﺕ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٣-٢‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‪/‬ﺗﻁﻬﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺟﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺑ ﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳ ﺔ ‪ software‬ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻔ ﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳ ﻙ( ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺭﺩﻡ ﻣﺛ ﻝ‪ Surfer, Global Mapper, Arc GIS :‬ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﺳ ﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﻧﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻳ ﺩﻭﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑ ﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻭﻛﺎﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٢‬ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﻡ ﺭﻓﻌﻬ ﺎ‪/‬ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺳﻁﺔ ﻭ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺭﺳﻡ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺭﺳﻡ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻁﻌ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﺟ ﺯء ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ )ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ( ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻳﻣﺑﺳﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻳﻡ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯء ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ‪ /‬ﺍﻻﺟ ﺯﺍء ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧ ﻲ ﻟﻌ ﺩﺩ ﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﻗ ﺳﺎﻡ )ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﺯﻭﺟ ﻲ( ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻥ‪ ١+‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ )ﻋﺩﺩ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ( ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺱ = ﻝ × ] )ﻉ‪ + ١‬ﻉ ﻥ‪ ) ٤ + ( ١+‬ﻉ‪ + ٢‬ﻉ‪ + ٤‬ﻉ‪ ......+ ٦‬ﻉﻥ ( ‪ ) ٢ +‬ﻉ‪ + ٣‬ﻉ‪+ ٥‬‬
‫‪(٣١-٢) ...........‬‬ ‫ﻉ‪ + ..... + ٧‬ﻉﻥ‪٣ / [ ( ١-‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬
‫) )‪(h1  hN 1 )  4(h2  h4  .....hN )  2(h3  h5  .....  hN 1‬‬
‫‪Area  B‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ) ﻥ ( ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩﺍ ﻓﺭﺩﻳﺎ ﻓﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺯﻭﺟ ﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﻗ ﺳﺎﻡ )ﺃﻱ ﻟﻌ ﺩﺩ ﻥ‪ ١-‬ﻓﻘ ﻁ( ﻣ ﻊ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺷ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻧﺣ ﺭﻑ ﻭﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺟﻣ ﻊ ﻛﻠﺗ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺗ ﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻳﻣﺑﺳﻭﻥ‪:‬‬

‫) )‪(h1  hN 1 )  4(h2  h4  .....hN )  2(h3  h5  .....  hN 1‬‬

‫‪Area  B‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪Area ‬‬ ‫‪(30  30  4(38  36)  2(40))  4360‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ .٣‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳ ﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺟ ﺯءﺍ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺍ ﻓﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺗﻪ ﻛﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳ ﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء ﻓﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛ ﻝ ﺟ ﺯء‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٤‬ﻳﻛﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ )ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ( ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺗﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳ ﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﻳﻥ )ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪A1 = (a1 + a2 )/ 2‬‬ ‫)‪(2-32‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺿﺭﺏ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﻳﻥ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪V1 = A1* D‬‬ ‫)‪(2-33‬‬

‫‪ .٧‬ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻛ ﺭﺍﺭ ﻛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻋﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻳﻳﻥ )ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟ ﺙ( ﺛ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻋﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻳﻥ )ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ( ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﺗﻁﻬﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺟﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺟ ﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ )ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ( ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁ ﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳ ﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺭﺳﻡ( ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻌﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﻧﻳﻣﻳﺗﺭ ﺃﺷ ﻬﺭ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺗﻠ ﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﻗﺩﻳﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻲ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﻧﻳﻣﻳﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌ ﺿﻬﺎ ﺣ ﺩﻳﺙ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﻧﻳﻣﻳﺗ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣ ﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﻧﻳﻣﻳﺗ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑ ﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻋ ﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺩﻥ ﻣﺗ ﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﻣﻔ ﺻﻝ ﻛ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺛﻘﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁ ﻳﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺳ ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻳ ﻙ ﺳ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺳﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ ﻓﺗﺩﻭﺭ ﻋﺟﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺳ ﻡ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺗﻪ ﺛﻡ ﻳﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﻛ ﻝ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻧﺎﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻣﺣ ﻳﻁ‬
‫ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌ ﻭﺩ ﻣ ﺭﺓ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﻟ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺑ ﺩﺃ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺭﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘ ﻲ ﻳﻘ ﺭﺃ ﺭﻗ ﻡ ﺍﻵﻻﻑ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺗﻘ ﺭﺃ ﺍﻟﻣﺋ ﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺭﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺗﻘ ﺭﺃ ﺍﻵﺣ ﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛ ﺳﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻁﺑﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﻛ ﻝ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻅﺭﺓ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻣﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺭﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﻧﻳﻣﻳﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻓﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻣﺟ ﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٤-٢‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﻧﻳﻣﻳﺗﺭ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٢‬ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺟﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻭﻛﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻝ‬

‫ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﻡ ﺭﻓﻌﻬ ﺎ‪/‬ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ )ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻠ ﻑ ﺍﻛ ﺳﻝ( ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻋﻣ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺻﻑ ﺍﺧﺭ ﺑﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﻛ ﺳﻝ ﻳ ﺩﻣﺞ ﻛ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧﻠﻳ ﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪Concatenate‬‬

‫ﻧﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﻧ ﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺑﻬ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻑ )ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻣﻪ(‬
‫ﻧﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﻔ ﺗﺢ ﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻻﻭﺗﻭﻛ ﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺳ ﻡ ‪ Draw‬ﻭ ﻧﺧﺗ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻣ ﺭ ‪Multiple‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Point‬ﻭ ﻧﻌﻣﻝ ﻟﺻﻖ ‪Paste‬‬

‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻋ ﺩﻡ ﻅﻬ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻟ ﻧﻘﻁ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻭﻛ ﺎﺩ ﻓﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺧﺗ ﺎﺭ ﺷ ﻛﻝ ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺣ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺟ ﻡ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ Format‬ﻭ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Point Style‬ﻭ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻁﺔ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻧﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻻﻭﺗﻭﻛﺎﺩ ﻛﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺭ ‪ ،Text‬ﻭ ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺗﻡ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﺣﻘﻠﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺑﺄﻣﺭ ‪ Line‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪Draw‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ‪ Line‬ﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻣﻰ )ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻸﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ( ﻣﻊ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﻳﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻣﺭ ‪Text‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻣﻰ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻰ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣﺭﺍﻋ ﺎﺓ ﻭﺿ ﻌﻬﻡ ﺑﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻭﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺎﺳ ﻳﺏ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﻠﺯﻣﻬﺎ ﺣﻔﺭ‪/‬ﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‪ :‬ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻣﺭ ‪ Polyline‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Draw‬ﻭ ﻧﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺳ ﻡ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺷﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Properties‬ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ‪ Area‬ﻓﺗﻅﻬ ﺭ ﻟﻧ ﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺳﺗﻛﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻛ ﺳﻝ ﺑ ﺩﻻ ﻣ ﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٣‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺗ ﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ ﻷﻏ ﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻵﻣﻧ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺃﻏ ﺭﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺃﺧ ﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﻣ ﺎ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻟﻣﻘﻁ ﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣ ﻥ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺗ ﺻﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻌ ﺭﺽ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺻﻝ ﻟ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺗﻠ ﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺩ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺍﻧﺗ ﺷﺎﺭﺍ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻧﺊ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺩﺃ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻳﻧ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﺭﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺗﺷﺭﺕ ﺑﺷﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣ ﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪Single-Bean Echo‬‬
‫)‪ Sounders (SBES‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ )ﺃﻭ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ( ﻋﻣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺗ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﻧﺑﺿﺔ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ‪ sonic pulse‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻧﺑﻌﺎﺛﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻭﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻁﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﻁﺎﻗ ﺔ ﺻ ﻭﺗﻳﺔ )ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻭﻟﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺿﺎﺕ ‪ (pulse generator‬ﺛﻡ ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ ﺷ ﻌﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺭﺗﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻁﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫^‬
‫‪Zm  1 t c‬‬ ‫)‪(3-1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪ Zm :‬ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺱ‪ t ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻧﺑﻌ ﺎﺙ ﻭ ﻋ ﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﺑ ﺿﺔ‪ c^ ،‬ﻳﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﻣ ﻊ ﻛﺛﺎﻓ ﺔ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻭﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻘ ﺎﺱ )ﻗ ﺩ ﺗﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ١٢١٩.٢‬ﻭ ‪١٥٢٤.٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﺭ‪/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﻌ ﺎﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻘ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻧﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ )ﻗ ﺩ‬
‫ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻣﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪ velocity profiler‬ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺳ ﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳ ﻝ ‪transmitter‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺑﺫﺏ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ( ‪ transducer‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ‪ receiver‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪ .control and display system‬ﻓﺎﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ‪ -‬ﻭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻣﻪ ‪ -‬ﻫﻭ ﻣﻥ ﻳﻭﻟﺩ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺄﺭﺟﺣﺔ ‪ oscillating electric signal‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺣ ﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺑ ﺫﺏ ﻓﻬ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﺣ ﻭﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻫﺗ ﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ‬
‫‪ mechanical vibration‬ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻁﻼﻗﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ ﺻ ﻭﺗﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻋﻧ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ‪ receiver‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺛ ﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻐﺭﻗﺗﻬﺎ ﺭﺣﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺫﻫﺎﺑ ﺎ ﻭ ﻋ ﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ ﻭ ﻋﺭﺿ ﻪ ﻭ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺈﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺎﻗﺑ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻻﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻭ ﻣ ﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺑ ﺫﺏ ‪transducer‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺟﻳﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻅﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻭﺍﻝ )‪ ١٥ - ١٠‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء(‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ )ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ‪bar‬‬
‫‪ check‬ﻣﺛﻼ( ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ‪:‬‬
‫^‬
‫‪Z  1 (t c)  k  Z r‬‬ ‫)‪(3-2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪ Z :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘ ﻲ‪ k ،‬ﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺎﺗﺞ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺎﻳﺭﺓ‪ Zr ،‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ )ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ(‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١-٣‬ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺗ ﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣ ﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﺑﻣﻌ ﺩﻝ ‪١٠‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ‪ software‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺧ ﺻﺹ ﻋﻠﻳ ﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺭﺑﻁ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻭ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ )ﺃﻳ ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ( ﻟ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ‪ X,Y,D‬ﻟﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻳﻭﺏ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳ ﻠﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﺧﻁﺎ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻳﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻣﺎ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﻳ ﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻁﺭﻫ ﺎ ﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻗﻁ ﺭ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﻣﺔ ‪ beam angle‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﻣ ﺔ ﻋﺭﻳ ﺿﺔ ﻛ ﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺻﻑ ﻗﻁﺭﻫ ﺎ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ ﺃﻗ ﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺣﺯﻣ ﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻬ ﺎ ‪ o٣٠‬ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ ‪ ١٢‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ﻗﻁﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﺣ ﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣ ﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ )ﻣ ﻊ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺧﺹ ﺳﻌﺭﺍ( ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺳﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺩﻗ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢-٣‬ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻟﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪Multi-‬‬
‫)‪ Transducer Echo Sounder (MTES‬ﻭﻓﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺭﺑ ﻁ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺟﺱ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ( ﻋﻠﻲ ﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻅﻬ ﺭﺕ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﺍﻟ ﺿﺣﻠﺔ )ﺍﻷﻗ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ١٠‬ﺃﻣﺗ ﺭ(‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻟ ﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺗﺷﺭ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﺻﻌﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣-٣‬ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٤-٣‬ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٥-٣‬ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠ ﻲ )ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ (MSL‬ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫ﻛﻧﺗﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺗ ﺿﺎﺭﻳﺱ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ )ﻧﻬ ﺭ ﻣ ﺛﻼ(‪ .‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻣﺛﻠ ﺔ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻧﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻗ ﺎﻡ ﺑ ﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﺩ ﺑﺣ ﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻧﻳ ﻝ ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺳ ﻧﻭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺭﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﺑﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ )ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺧﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺭﺝ( ﻛﻝ ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻋﻧﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻳﻭﻣﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﻧﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ )ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﺩﺍﻳ ﺔ ﻳ ﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ( ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻧﺑﺎﻁ ‪ interpolation‬ﻷﻗﺭﺏ ﻣﺣﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺑ ﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺩﺧ ﺎﻝ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻟ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺳﺑﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﻌﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﻅﻬ ﺭ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷ ﻌﺔ‬
‫)‪ Multi-Bean Echo Sounder (MBES‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻁ ﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺿﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻭ ﻟﻳﺱ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻭ ﻟﻳﺱ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٦-٣‬ﻓﻛﺭﺓ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷ ﻌﺔ ﺑﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ( ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺩﻯ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Di  ri cos i‬‬ ‫)‪(3-3‬‬
‫‪y  ri sin i‬‬ ‫)‪(3-4‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪ Di :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪ ri ،i‬ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪ i ،i‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪.i‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٧-٣‬ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺑﻬ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻓﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻁ ﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷ ﻌﺔ ﺻ ﻐﻳﺭﺓ ‪) narrow beam‬ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ٣‬ﺍﻟ ﻲ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﺫﺍﺗﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻁﻳﺋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﻣﺗﻘﺎﺭﺑ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻣﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﺕ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻓﺎﻟ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻧﺟ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧ ﺔ ﺑ ﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣ ﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺷ ﻌﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻳﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻗ ﺩ ﻳﺟﻌ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﻭﻗﺗ ﺎ ﺃﻛﺑ ﺭ )ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ(‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺗﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻁﺊ ﺑﻌﻛﺱ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٨-٣‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺿﺣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛ ﻼ ﻧ ﻭﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﻣﺗﻌ ﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺷ ﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣﻧﻬﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﻘ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ )ﻧﻘ ﻼ ﻋ ﻥ ﻛﺗﻳ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺑ ﺳﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻳﺵ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻲ( ﺑﻌﺽ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ )‪ :(١-٣‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩ‬

‫ﺃﻋﻣﻖ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٤‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﻣﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺻﺧﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ ٤٠٠-٢٠٠‬ﺃﻟﻑ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‬ ‫‪ ٧٠-٢٠‬ﺃﻟﻑ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﺎﻁ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳ‬ ‫ﺩﻗﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻭﻡ‬
‫‪interpolation‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٤-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﻳﻥ ‪Dual-‬‬
‫‪ Head Profiler Scanning Sonar‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻁﻲ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻣ ﺳﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ٤٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﻟﻸﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ )ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١.١‬ﻣﻳﺟ ﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ( ﺃﻭ ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٨٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﻟﻸﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ )‪ ٦٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٩-٣‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ‬

‫‪ ٥-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺗ ﻡ ﺍﺑﺗﻛ ﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﻭ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺻﻭﺕ ‪Sound Navigation And‬‬
‫‪ Ranging: SONAR‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓ ﺔ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻧﺗ ﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﺑﺔ ‪ passive‬ﺃﻱ ﺗ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻭﺟﺑ ﺔ ‪ active‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﺭﺳ ﻝ ﻭ ﺗ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻁﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻬ ﺩﻑ )ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﻫ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ‪ Side Scan Sonar: SSS‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﺗﺷﺑﻪ ‪ -‬ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ -‬ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ aerial photography‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺩﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺟ ﺯﺃﻳﻥ‪ projector :‬ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﺣ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ‪ hydrophone ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻛﺱ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻛﻼﻫﻣﺎ ﻣﻌ ﺎ ﻫ ﻭ ﻣ ﺎ ﻧﻁﻠ ﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ‪.transducer‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﻧ ﺎءﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿ ﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ‪vertical‬‬
‫‪ resolution‬ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳ ﺯ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻫ ﺩﻓﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺎ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺃﻗ ﻝ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻫ ﻭ ﻧ ﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺯﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻧﺑﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺑﻊ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻘ ﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﻭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻭ ﻋﻣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺑﻘﻧ ﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻧﺎﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻲ ‪ single channel‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳ ﻣﺎﻋﺔ ‪ transducer‬ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻓ ﻲ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺑﻘﻧ ﺎﺗﻳﻥ ‪ dual channel‬ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳ ﻣﺎﻋﺗﻳﻥ ﻹﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺋﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻁﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻐﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺩ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻳ ﺏ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ )ﺭﻣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻁﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺻ ﺧﻭﺭ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻟ ﺦ( ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺙ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺗ ﺭﻭﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣ ﺩﻱ ﺛﺑ ﺎﺕ ﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ ﺗﺟﻧﺑ ﺎ ﻟﻼﻧﺯﻻﻗ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻳﺑ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍﻁﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺳﺑﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺗﺟﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺑﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺩﻱ ﻛﺛﺎﻓﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٠-٣‬ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻭ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ ٦-٣‬ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ‪Sub-Bottom‬‬
‫‪ Profiler‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻳﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻣﻛﻭﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻛﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻓﻭﻧﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳ ﻳﺑﺎﺕ ‪ sediments‬ﺍﻟ ﺳﻁﺣﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٥٠-١٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻡ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺣﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ ﻟﻠ ﻧﻅﻡ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻟﻠﻧﻅﻡ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻳﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻟ ﻭﺟﻲ ﻟﻸﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻫ ﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻷﻣ ﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻣﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﻔ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺙ ﻋ ﻥ ﻣ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺗ ﺭﻭﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐ ﺎﺯ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﻗ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻷﻫ ﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻓﻭﻧ ﺔ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺗ ﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺳ ﻭﺑﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﻑ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١١-٣‬ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٢-٣‬ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ‬

‫‪ ٧-٣‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫‪High-Resolution‬‬ ‫‪Bathy‬‬ ‫ﻧﻭﻋﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣ ﺔ‬
‫‪ Systems‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺟﻣﻊ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﺑﺩﺃﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻭ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻳ ﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿ ﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺑﻌﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻳﺟﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﻧﺊ ﻭﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﻑ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٣-٣‬ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫‪ ٨-٣‬ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻧ ﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑ ﻊ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺗ ﺎﺏ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻔ ﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ )ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﻭﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﻱ ﺃﺱ ﺃﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﻲ ‪ Real-Time Kinematic‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ .RTK‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻳﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺟ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻗ ﺩ ﻳ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺣﻅﻳﺎ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﺑﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺑﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭﻱ )ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ‪(RTK Tide‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩﻱ ﻷﻧﺗﻧ ﺎ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿ ﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ‪ A‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪:‬‬
‫‪RTK correction = ( N - K ) - A + Ha‬‬ ‫)‪(3-5‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪ N :‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ‪ K ،‬ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭﻱ‪ A ،‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘ ﺎﺱ ﻟﻸﻧﺗﻧ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ‪ Ha ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﺗﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٤-٣‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﺑﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ‪/‬ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻳﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ‪ (١) :‬ﺗ ﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻧﻣ ﻭﺫﺝ ﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪/‬ﺍﺳﺗﻧﺑﺎﻁ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ‪ N‬ﻣﻧ ﻪ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻛ ﻝ ﻟﺣﻅ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺭﺻ ﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ‪ (٢) ،‬ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ ﺩﻗﻳ ﻖ ﻳ ﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‪/‬ﺍﺳ ﺗﻧﺑﺎﻁ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ‪ K‬ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-٣‬ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻟﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺟﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺭﺳﻝ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺻﻁﺩﻡ ﺑﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ( ﻭ ﺗﺭﺗ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻳ ﻪ ﻣ ﺭﺓ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧ ﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫‪ .Altimetry Satellites‬ﻭﻣ ﻊ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺣ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﺄﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻣﻛﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻡ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻭ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻌ ﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ‪ .‬ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﻭ ﻗ ﺩ ﺑ ﺩﺃﺕ‬
‫ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﻬ ﻭﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺳ ﺑﻌﻳﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻳﻼﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ‪Seasat, TOPEX/Poseidon, ERS-1, ERS-2, Jason-1, :‬‬
‫‪.Hason-2, and Envisat‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻣﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻟﺗﻳﻣﺗ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ‪ Radar Altimetry‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻟﺗﻣﻳﺗ ﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻗﺻﻳﺭﺓ ‪ microwave‬ﺑﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ‪ ١٣.٥‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ )ﺃﻱ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ‪٢.٢‬‬
‫ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ( ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺻﻁﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺗﻧﻌﻛﺱ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺳﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻟﺗﻣﻳﺗ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓﺎﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻗ ﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ )‪ (a‬ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﻲ ﻟ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ instantaneous sea level‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻛﺗﺎﺑ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪h  N  H  H  a  d‬‬ ‫)‪(3-6‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩﻱ ‪ ellipsoidal height‬ﻟﻠﻘﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫‪h‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ‪ geoidal height‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﻳﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫ﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ Sea Surface Topography: SST‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ‪instantaneous tidal effect‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ SST‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻊ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻌﻠﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫‪) SST‬ﺑﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺃﻗ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ١‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ( ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺔ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧﺻﺎﺋ ﺻﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻣ ﺎء ﻣﺟ ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳ ﺔ ‪ physical geodesy‬ﻳ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻟﺗﻳﻣﺗ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ‪N‬‬
‫‪marine‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻧﻬﻡ ﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﻧﻣ ﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭﻱ‬
‫‪.geoid‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٥-٣‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻟﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ١٠-٣‬ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ‪ vessel‬ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺑﺣﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟ ﻲ‬
‫‪ Linear‬ﻭ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ ٦‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ‪ :‬ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺎﺕ ﺧﻁﻳ ﺔ ‪motion‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ‪ . Angular motion‬ﻓﺎﻟﺣﺭﻛ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳ ﺔ ﺗ ﺷﻣﻝ‪ surge, sway, heave :‬ﻭﺗ ﺷﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﻛﺏ‪ roll, pitch, yaw :‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٦-٣‬ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻻﺑﺣﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻭﺳ ﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺗﺔ ﻭ ﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﻬﺎ ﺍﻣ ﺎ ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ‬
‫ﻹﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳ ﺭﻭ ‪ gyro-stabilizer‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻧ ﺩﻭﻝ ‪ pendulum-stabilizer‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫‪ compensator‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ‪.GPS‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺣﺢ ‪) chart depth‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ﺑﺣ ﺭﻱ ﻣﺣ ﺩﺩ( ﺣﺎﺻ ﻝ ﺟﻣ ﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ‪observed or raw sounding‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪instrumental corrections‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ‪sound velocity correction‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ‪water level or tidal correction‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳﻛﻲ ﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ‪: dynamic drift correction‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء‪ static drift :‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻣ ﻖ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ‬
‫ﺳ ﺎﻛﻧﺔ‪ settlement ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﺑ ﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ‪،‬‬
‫‪ squat‬ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ‪ trim‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٧-٣‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺣﺢ‬

‫‪ ١١-٣‬ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻣ ﻝ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻷﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻛﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺷﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﺭ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﻳﻙ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪١‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺛ ﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ )ﺃﻗ ﺻﻲ ﺧﻁ ﺄ ﻣﺗﻭﻗ ﻊ( ﻟﻠ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ )‪ (٢-٣‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪ ١‬ﻟﻠﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ )ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ(‬
‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ )ﻣﺗﺭ(‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻳ ﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺎ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻡ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﺂﻻﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪ :special order‬ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻧﺊ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﺭﻋﺎﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻲ ‪ :order 1‬ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻧﺊ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﻗ ﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ‪ :order 2‬ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺟﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺗﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛ ﺔ ‪ :order 3‬ﻟﻠﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﻳ ﺩﺓ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻁﺊ ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺿ ﻌﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺛﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ )‪ (٣-٣‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪ ٢‬ﻟﻠﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ )ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ(‪:‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪١.٠‬‬ ‫‪٠.٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٠.٢٥‬‬ ‫‪) a‬ﻣﺗﺭ( =‬
‫‪٠.٠٢٣‬‬ ‫‪٠.٠٢٣‬‬ ‫‪٠.٠١٣‬‬ ‫‪٠.٠٠٧٥‬‬ ‫‪=b‬‬
‫‪  (a 2  (bd ) 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ‪ = d‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫‪%٥ + ١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪%٥ + ٢٠‬‬ ‫‪%٥ + ٥‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ )ﻣﺗﺭ(‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٤‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻭ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ‪ X,Y‬ﻟﻠﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻧﺩﻫﺎ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳ ﻪ ﻣ ﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ‪.Positioning‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻓﺎ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻷﺳ ﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟ ﺔ ﻭ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔ ﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺗ ﺻﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻧ ﺎﻭﻝ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺻﻝ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟ ﺕ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺑﻛﺛﻳ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﺗﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺣ ﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﻳ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ‪ Total Station‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗ ﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﻬ ﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻅ ﻡ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺗﻌﻣ ﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﻭ ﻟ ﻳﺱ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺳﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺷ ﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٣‬ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﻣﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺗﺳﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻧﺟ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﺷﺎﺭﺍ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ‪ X,Y‬ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪ Single-Bean Echo Sounder‬ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ‪.D‬‬
‫ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﻧ ﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ )ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻓ ﺭﺱ( ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻁﺊ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﺳ ﺎﻟﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻓﻳﺗﻡ ﺭﺻﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ‪ X,Y‬ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻗﺑ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺩء ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ )ﺍﻷﻧﻬ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﻉ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺎﺭﻑ( ﻓﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺣ ﺗﻼﻝ ﺍﺣ ﺩﻱ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭ ﻳﻭﺿ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻳﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ ﻭ ﺭﺻ ﺩﻩ )ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ( ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺑﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻋﻣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﺔ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ‪ X,Y‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ‪ D‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻫﻭ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﺗ ﺯﺍﻣﻥ ‪ synchronization‬ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﻟﺟﻌ ﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻫﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺭﺻ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﺍﻣ ﺎ ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ ﻭﺳ ﻳﻠﺔ ﺻ ﻭﺗﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺑﺎﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﺛﻼ( ﻟﺟﻌﻝ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻﺩﻳﻥ ﻳﺿﻐﻁﺎﻥ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻳﻥ )ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛ ﺔ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻗ ﺕ(‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺟﺭﻳ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ‪ X,Y,D‬ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ )ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻛﻧﺗﻭﺭﻳﺔ( ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﺛﻝ ‪Surfer, Global Mapper, Arc‬‬
‫‪ GIS‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١-٤‬ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺎ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺭﺻ ﻭﺩﺓ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺑﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﺕ ﺑ ﺳﻳﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻋ ﺩﻡ ﺗ ﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﻠﺯﻣﻧﺎ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﺣ ﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓ ﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻁﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻁﺊ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﺣﺗﻼﻟﻬﻣ ﺎ ﺑﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻭ ﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻼﻫﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﻣ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ )ﻧ ﺳﺑﺔ ﻹﺣ ﺩﻯ ﻫ ﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﻳﻥ( ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻫﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗ ﺕ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺗﻛ ﺭﺍﺭ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﻣ ﻊ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢-٤‬ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻁﺊ‬

‫ﺑﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ‪ A, B‬ﻭﻁﻭﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ‪ D‬ﻭﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺗ ﻳﻥ ‪a, b‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻛﻼﻫﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ‪ C‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺗﻳﻥ ‪ X,Y‬ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ C‬ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑ ﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧ ﻁ‬
‫‪ A B‬ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺹ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪X  D tan b‬‬ ‫)‪(4-1‬‬
‫)‪(tan 1  tan b‬‬

‫‪Y  D tan a tan b‬‬ ‫)‪(4-2‬‬

‫‪tan a  tan b‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻳﻭﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻘ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻ ﻭﺩﺓ ‪a,b‬‬
‫ﻋﻥ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺟﻳﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ‬
‫ﻗ ﺩﻳﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳ ﺔ ﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ )ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ‪/‬ﺍﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻭ ﻟ ﻳﺱ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻁﺊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻁﺑﻊ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻭ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺑﺎﺗﻬﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺳﻛ ﺳﺗﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺎ( ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺣﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺻﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗ ﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﺃﻫ ﺩﺍﻑ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻁﺊ )ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻓﻧ ﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺑ ﺭﺝ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟ ﺦ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺷ ﺭﻭﻁ ﺗﻁﺑﻳ ﻖ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻘ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻫ ﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﺣ ﻳﻁ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ‪/‬ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻭﺏ "ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺳﻲ ‪ ."Resection‬ﻭﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﻟﺣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘ ﺎﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺳﻲ ﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻫﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺣﺗﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺩ ﻭﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ‪) ٢ ، ١‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ( ﺇﻟﻲ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺃ ‪ ،‬ﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬

‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺭ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٣-٤‬‬ ‫ﺭ = ﺏ ‪ +‬ﺝ = ‪) – ٣٦٠‬ﺃ ‪(٢ + ١ +‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٤-٤‬‬ ‫ﻅﺗﺎ ﺝ = ﻅﺗﺎ ﺭ ‪ ) +‬ﺃ ﺝ ﺟﺎ ‪ / ١‬ﺃ ﺏ ﺟﺎ ﺭ(‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺏ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٥-٤‬‬ ‫ﺏ=ﺭ–ﺝ‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺃ ﺩ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٦-٤‬‬ ‫ﺃ ﺩ = ﺃ ﺝ ﺟﺎ ﺝ ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٧-٤‬‬ ‫ﺃ ﺩ = ﺃ ﺏ ﺟﺎ ﺏ ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ ‪١‬‬
‫)‪(٨-٤‬‬ ‫)‪ (٥‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺝ ﺃ ﺩ = ‪( ٢ + ١ ) – ١٨٠‬‬
‫)‪ (٦‬ﻭﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺃ ﺩ‬
‫)‪ (٧‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﺏ ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺝ ﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺏ ﺩ )ﺃﻭ ﻛﻼﻫﻣﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٨‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﻁﻭﻝ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺃ ﺩ‬
‫)‪ (٩‬ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﻁﻭﻝ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺏ ﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺝ ﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺹ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫‪٢٠٠٠٠.٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠٠٠.٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪٢٠٠٠٠.٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٦٦٧٢.٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺃ‬
‫‪١٤٢١٥.٢٤‬‬ ‫‪٢٧٧٣٢.٧٦‬‬ ‫ﺝ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ، o٢٠ '٠٥ "٥٣ = ١‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪٣٥ '٠٦ "٠٨ = ٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ ﺃ ﺏ = ‪ ، ٦٦٧٢.٥‬ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ ﺃ ﺝ = ‪١٢٤٨١.٧‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ )ﺃ ‪ ،‬ﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺝ( ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺧﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠ ﺙ ﺃ ﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺃ ﺝ ﺛ ﻡ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃ‪:‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃ = ‪١٥٢ '٢٣ "٢٢‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭ = ﺏ ‪ +‬ﺝ = ‪) – ٣٦٠‬ﺃ ‪+ o٢٠ '٠٥ "٥٣ + o١٥٢ '٢٣ "٢٢ ) – ٣٦٠ = (٢ + ١ +‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪١٥٢ '٢٤ "٣٧ = (o٣٥ '٠٦ "٠٨‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻅﺗﺎ ﺝ = ﻅﺗﺎ ﺭ ‪ ) +‬ﺃ ﺝ ﺟﺎ ‪ / ١‬ﺃ ﺏ ﺟﺎ ﺭ( = ﻅﺗﺎ ‪+ o١٥٢ '٢٤ "٣٧‬‬

‫‪o‬‬
‫)‪ ١٢٤٨١.٧‬ﺟﺎ ‪ ٦٦٧٢.٥ / o٢٠ '٠٥ "٥٣‬ﺟﺎ ‪١٥٢ '٢٤ "٣٧‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫= ‪ ٠.٤٩٩٩٥٦٣٨‬ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺝ = ‪٦٣ '٢٦ "١٣‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺏ = ﺭ – ﺝ = ‪٨٨ '٥٨ "٢٤ = o٦٣ '٢٦ "١٣ - o١٥٢ '٢٤ "٣٧‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺃ ﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ﺩ = ﺃ ﺝ ﺟﺎ ﺝ ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ ‪٢‬‬
‫= ‪ ١٢٤٨١.٧‬ﺟﺎ ‪ / o٦٣ '٢٦ "١٣‬ﺟﺎ ‪١٩٤١٤.٦٩٣ = o٣٥ '٠٦ "٠٨‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ‪ :‬ﺃ ﺩ = ﺃ ﺏ ﺟﺎ ﺏ ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ ‪١‬‬
‫= ‪ ٦٦٧٢.٥‬ﺟﺎ ‪ / o٨٨ '٥٨ "٢٤‬ﺟﺎ ‪١٩٤١٤.٦٩٣ = o٢٠ '٠٥ "٥٣‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺝ ﺃ ﺩ = ‪( ٢ + ١ ) – ١٨٠‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫= ‪٨١ '٢٧ "٣٩ = (o٣٥ '٠٦ "٠٨+ o٢٠ '٠٥ "٥٣) – ١٨٠‬‬
‫)‪ (٦‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺃ ﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ﺩ = ﺃ ﺝ ﺟﺎ ﺝ ﺃ ﺩ ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ ‪٢‬‬
‫= ‪ ١٢٤٨١.٧‬ﺟﺎ ‪ / o٨١ '٢٧ "٣٩‬ﺟﺎ ‪٢١٤٦٥.٢٨٩ = o٣٥ '٠٦ "٠٨‬‬
‫)‪ (٧‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻧﺣﺭﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺃ ﺝ‬ ‫‪١١٧ '٣٦ "٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺃﺝ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺝ ﺃ ﺩ‬ ‫‪٨١ '٢٧ "٣٩‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺃ ﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩٩ '٠٤ "١٧‬‬ ‫ﺃﺩ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﺩ ﺃ‬ ‫‪١٩ '٠٤ "١٧‬‬ ‫ﺩﺃ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪٢‬‬ ‫‪٣٥ '٠٦ "٠٨‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺩ ﺝ‬ ‫‪٥٤ '١٠ "٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﺝ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﺝ ﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٣٤ '١٠ "٢٥‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺝ‬ ‫‪٦٣ '٢٦ "١٣‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ = ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺃ ﺝ‬ ‫‪٢٩٧ '٣٦ "٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺝﺃ‬
‫)‪ (٨‬ﻧﺣ ﺳﺏ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺩ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺿ ﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺧ ﻁ ﺃ ﺩ ﻭﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺃ‪:‬‬
‫ﺱ ﺩ = ‪ ، ١٠٣٢٨.٨‬ﺹ ﺩ = ‪١٦٥٠.٩‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٣-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫‪Global‬‬ ‫ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻋﻘ ﻭﺩ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ‬
‫)‪ Positioning System (GPS‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ "ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ" ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٤‬ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﻣﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺳﻳﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺑﺳﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳ ﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﻻﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ )ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ( ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ‬
‫‪ GPS Receiver‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﺣﻅﻳ ﺎ ﻳﻌﻁ ﻲ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ‪٥ - ٣ ‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﺭ ﻟﻺﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳ ﻭﻓﺭ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺟ ﻭء ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻷﺳ ﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻟﺯﻳ ﺎﺩﺓ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﻟﺣﻅﻳ ﺎ ‪real‬‬
‫‪ time‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ ‪ .post processing‬ﻭﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻳ ﺎﺩ ‪ Augmentation Systems‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﻭﻓﺭ ﻣ ﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﺿ ﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻳﺣﺳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺩﻗﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﺗ ﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻌﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺷ ﺑﻛﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ‪ code correction‬ﻟﻸﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺛﻬﺎ ﻟﺣﻅﻳ ﺎ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻷﻱ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﻭﻗﻌ ﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺷﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺣﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺣﺣﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻗ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ‪١‬‬
‫ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﻓﻘ ﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺿ ﻠﻲ ‪Differential GPS:‬‬
‫‪ .DGPS‬ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ )ﻣ ﺻﻠﺣﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺍﻧﺊ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﺳ ﺎﺑﻘﺎ( ﻟ ﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺷ ﺑﻛﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﻲ ﻣﻛﻭﻧ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ‪٧‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺑﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻗﻁﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٤-٤‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻫﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺗ ﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻟ ﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻭﺿ ﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺣ ﺩﻫﻣﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ‪ base‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ ﻳﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳ ﺩﺓ ‪rover‬‬
‫)ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ(‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﺑﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺛﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻭﺻ ﻠﺔ ﻻﺳ ﻠﻛﻳﺎ‬
‫)ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ( ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻬﺎ )ﺑ ﻪ ﻭﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺭﺍﺩﻳ ﻭ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ( ﻭ ﻳ ﺻﺣﺢ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﻲ ‪ Real-Time Kinematic‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ .RTK‬ﺍﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﻋﻳ ﻭﺏ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻧﻘﻁ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺻ ﻝ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﻋﻭﺍﺋ ﻖ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣ ﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﻏﻠ ﻲ ﺛﻣﻧ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳ ﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﺣﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﻳﺢ ﺃﻣﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﺿ ﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﻳ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍﻁﺊ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٥-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ‪ RTK‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﺑﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻥ ‪ -‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺈﻧ ﺷﺎء‬
‫ﺷ ﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳ ﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ‪Continuously Operating Reference‬‬
‫‪ Stations‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ،CORS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺗ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪/‬ﻳﻭﻡ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺑﺑ ﺙ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ )ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ( ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎ )ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻣﺟﺎﻧ ﺎ( ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺭﺻ ﺩﻫﺎ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ‪ rover‬ﻟﺣﻅﻳ ﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺩﻳﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪.real-time‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻖ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ )ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ( ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺩﺑﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٦-٤‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ CORS‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺩﻳﻧﺔ ﺟﺩﺓ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻣﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗ ﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻣ ﻝ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳ ﺎﻋﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻳ ﻭﻡ ‪ -‬ﺣ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻟﺣﻅﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺑﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﺗﺭﻛﻳﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻟﺣﻅﻳ ﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ‪/‬ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻ ﻭﺩﺓ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ OminStar‬ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﺷ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ٣‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪ VBS‬ﺑﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺃﻗ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺩﻣ ﺔ ‪ HP‬ﺑﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪ XP‬ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻐﻁ ﻲ ﺃﺣ ﺩ ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ‪ OmniStar‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٧-٤‬ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻱ ‪ OmniStar‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ ٥-٣-٤‬ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺳﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘ ﻝ‪ .‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺗ ﺗﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟ ﺔ‪/‬ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺏ( ﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺷﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻼﺣ ﻖ ‪Post-Processing‬‬
‫‪ Kinematic‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ .PPK‬ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﺣ ﺗﻼﻝ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ‪Base‬‬
‫ﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ‪ Rover‬ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻔﺭﻳ ﻎ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺭﺻﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ‪ .‬ﺗ ﺻﻝ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺩﻗﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓﻬ ﻭ ﺃﺩﻕ ﺃﺳ ﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٤‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬

‫ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ )ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ( ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻣ ﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺻﻭﺕ ‪ .Acoustic Positioning‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋ ﺩ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻐﺭ ‪ ،Ultra Shorty Base Line: USBL‬ﻭ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋ ﺩ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻐﺭ‬
‫‪ ،Supper Short Base Line: SSBL‬ﻭ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ‪Long Base Line:‬‬
‫‪ .LBL‬ﻭﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺻ ﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ‬
‫‪ Hydrophone‬ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ ‪ .Transponder‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ )ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ( ﻣﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٨-٤‬ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﺑﺈﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺭﺳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻟﺣﻅﺗﻲ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﻟﻳﺗﻳﻥ )ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ‪d‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻳﻧﺔ( ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ )ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻲ‬
‫‪ y‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺧﻁ ﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻳﻧﺔ( ‪.‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗ ﻲ ﺍﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻳﻳﻥ‬
‫‪) X‬ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺭ( ﻭ ‪) Y‬ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺭ( ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ dX , dY‬ﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻖ ‪ Z‬ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺭﺳﺎﻝ )ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻣﺛﻼ( ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻘ ﺔ ﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٩-٤‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ )ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ(‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٠-٤‬ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻓﻬ ﻲ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ‪ Long Base Line: LBL‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋ ﺩ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻳﺱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻳﻧﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١١-٤‬ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻳ ﺏ‬

‫ﻭﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺭ ﻟﻠﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺗﺭﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﺳ ﺑﻌﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻳﻼﺩﻱ ﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺍﺳ ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ‪ Unmanned Underwater Vehicle: UUV‬ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻣ ﺎ‬
‫‪Remotely Operated Underwater Vehicles:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺩ‬
‫‪Autonomous Underwater Vehicles:‬‬ ‫‪ ROVs‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺁﻟﻳ ﺎ‬
‫‪ .AUVs‬ﻭﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ‪ .Inertial Navigation System: INS‬ﻭﺗ ﺷﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺻ ﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺳﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻌ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺛ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻐﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻡ ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﻓﻲ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺩ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻼﻣﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٢-٤‬ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﻛﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻶﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٥-٤‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ‬

‫ﺣ ﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺳﻳﻁﺔ )ﺣ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻧ ﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﻬ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﻳ ﺭﺍﺕ ‪...‬ﺍﻟ ﺦ( ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ﺫﻫﺎ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑ ﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺗﻛﻠﻔ ﺔ ﺍﻗﺗ ﺻﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻘﻭﻟ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ‪/‬ﻟ ﻧﺵ ﺑ ﺳﻳﻁ ﻳﺣﺗ ﻭﻱ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺟﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺃﺣ ﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪ Echo sounder‬ﻭ ﺃﻧﺗﺗ ﺎ‬
‫)ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ( ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﺣﻣ ﻼ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳ ﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺧ ﺻﺹ‬
‫)ﻣﺛﻼ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ (HYPACK‬ﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻲ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ‪/‬ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ "ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳ ﺔ" ﻟﺗﺟﻧ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟ ﺔ ﻟﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ‪ Base‬ﻭﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻟﺗﺟﻧ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟ ﺔ ﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻻﺣﻘ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗ ﺏ ‪ .Post Processing‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻ ﻭﺩﺓ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﺳ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ "ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ" ﺟ ﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺓ ﻹﻧﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٣-٤‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺑﺳﻳﻁ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬

‫‪ ١-٥‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌ ﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻣ ﺎﺗﻛﺱ ﺑ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻣ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺑﺑﻬﺎ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﺑﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﻫ ﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻭﺍء ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ‪ Tide Gauges‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻝ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑ ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ ‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻧﺫ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ‪ -‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺳ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺎﻭﻟ ﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ‪ geoid‬ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﻻﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﻁﻌ ﻳﻥ‪ ge :‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭ ‪ oid‬ﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺑﻳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺗﻌﻧﻲ ﺷﺑﻳﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﺟ ﺎﻭﺱ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻛﻭﻛﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺅﺛﺭﺓ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺳ ﻁﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛ ﻲ ﻧﺣ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘ ﻲ ﻟ ﻸﺭﺽ ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺍﻻﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﺑ ﺳﻁ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ –‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ – ﻓﺄﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻋﺟﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺗﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻷﺧ ﺭﻯ ﺑﻧ ﺎءﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻫﻛ ﺫﺍ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺷ ﻛﻝ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﻟﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣﺎ ﺑﻝ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﺳﺗﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌ ﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﻟﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺑﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ(‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻠﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ )ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ( ﻭﺇﻧ ﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﻣ ﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١-٥‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺗﻌﺭﺝ‬

‫‪Gravitational‬‬ ‫ﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺩ ‪) Potential‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ (Potential‬ﻧﻧﻅﺭ ﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ )ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻠﺔ( ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻣﺳﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻭ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﺭﻯ )ﻛﺗﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻌﺑﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺏ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻛﺗﻠﺗ ﻳﻥ )ﺷ ﻛﻝ ‪.(١-٦‬‬
‫ﻧﺟﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻠﺔ ‪ m‬ﺳﺗﺑﺫﻝ ﺷﻐﻝ ‪ work‬ﻟﻛﻲ ﺗﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺑ ﺭﻯ ‪ ،M‬ﻭﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻐﻝ ‪ W‬ﻳﺑﻠﻎ‪:‬‬
‫‪W = F dr‬‬ ‫)‪(5-1‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪ F :‬ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻋﺟﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺏ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻠﺗﻳﻥ‪ dr ،‬ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ٢-٦‬ﺑﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ g‬ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﺟﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺏ(‪:‬‬
‫‪W = ( G M / r2 ) dr‬‬ ‫)‪(5-2‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺩ ‪ U‬ﻓﻳﻌ ﺭﻑ ﺑﺄﻧ ﻪ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻐﻝ ﺍﻟ ﻼﺯﻡ ﻻﻧﺗﻘ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻠ ﺔ ‪ m‬ﻣ ﻥ ﻣ ﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ‪) r‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻠﺗﻳﻥ(‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺗﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻐﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺫﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ dr‬ﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ‪:r‬‬
‫‪U = r ( M/r2) dr‬‬
‫‪=- GM/r‬‬ ‫)‪(5-3‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ‪ G‬ﻫﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻧﻳﻭﺗﻥ ﻟﻠﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻟﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺗﻧﺎﻗﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪.r‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺭ ﻟﻠﺟﻬ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﺍﻧﺣ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪ gradient‬ﻟﻌﺟﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓ ﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺟ ﺳﻡ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ )ﻻ ﻳ ﺩﻭﺭ( ﻣﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﺎﻓ ﺔ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻ ﻝ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ‪) equi-potential surface‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺧﻳﻠﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻟﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻛﻧﺗ ﻭﺭ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻳﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ(‪ .‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺳ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺳ ﻁﻭﺡ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﺟﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢-٥‬ﺃﺳﻁﺢ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ )ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ(‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣-٥‬ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻱ ﺃﺳﻁﺢ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟ ﻸﺭﺽ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺟ ﺳﻡ ﻳ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺣ ﻭﻝ ﻧﻔ ﺳﻪ )ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ( ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺟﻌ ﻝ ﻋﺟﻠ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟ ﺫﺏ ﻫ ﺏ ﻣﺣ ﺻﻠﺔ ﻗ ﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺫﺏ ﻭ ﻗ ﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺛﺎﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺃﺳﻁﺢ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ﻣﻐﻁ ﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻣ ﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻣ ﺎ ﻫ ﻭ ﺇﻻ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﻣﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺩ‬
‫)ﻣ ﻥ ﻭﺟﻬ ﺔ ﻧﻅ ﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺩﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳﻛ ﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ‪ (Fluid Dynamics‬ﻓ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﻣﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻳﻧﻁﺑﻖ ﻣ ﻊ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ‪ .‬ﺗ ﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳ ﺎﺭ )ﺍﻋﺗﺑ ﺎﺭ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﻧﻁﺑ ﻖ ﻣ ﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ )ﺑﻔﺭﺽ ﺍﻣﺗﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑﺳﺔ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺗ ﻡ ﺇﻁ ﻼﻕ ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻁﺢ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ )ﺑﺎﻓﺗﺭﺍﺽ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﻭﺍﺝ( ﻫﻭ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑ ﺳﺔ ﻓ ﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺗﺧﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻓﻳﺯﻳﺎﺋﻳﺎ ﺑﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٤-٥‬ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ ٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ‪) vertical datum‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ (height datum‬ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ‪ vertical control network‬ﻟﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ levelling network‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﻛﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺛﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺣﻳﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻳﻌﺭﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ‪ precise levelling‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ‪ reference surface‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻧﻳﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺻﻔﺭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪zero‬‬
‫‪ elevation surface‬ﻭﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺩﺍﺋﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺎ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪) Mean Sea Level‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ - (MSL‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺧﺫ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ‪tide‬‬
‫‪ gauge‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ‪ -‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ‪ MSL‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻗﺭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺟﺩﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪ MSL‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺣﻝ ﻭﻋﻧﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻼ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ‪ periodic‬ﻭﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻛﻝ ‪ ١٨.٦‬ﺳﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﺣﺻﺎءﺍﺕ ﺃﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻗﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪ MSL‬ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺟﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺩﻻﺕ ﺫﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻳﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻛﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﻧﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ( ‪ benchmark‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ .BM‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ‪ .levelling origin‬ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻓﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻳﻧﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪) ١٩٠٦‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻳﻧﺎء ﺟﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ‪.١٩٦٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ‪ marine surveying‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ‬
‫‪ depths‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ ‪ sounding datum‬ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ‪ .chart datum‬ﻓﺎﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻟﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ )ﺃﻱ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ‪ (instantaneous sea surface‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ‪...‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺯﻣﻧﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻬﻧﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻛﻣﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻕ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺄﺧﻭﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻣﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻭﺑﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ L‬ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪) MSL‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺭﺍﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻐﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ ‪tidal surface of lowest‬‬
‫‪.water level‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٥-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ (L‬ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻧﻅﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﻬﻧﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ ﻧﻅﺭﻱ ‪Theoretical Lowest Tide: TLT‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺯﺭ ﻗﻣﺭﻱ ‪ Lowest Astronomical Tide: LAT‬ﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ Mean Lower Low Water: MLLW‬ﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ‪Lowest Low Water:‬‬
‫‪ LLW‬ﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ‪ ...... Mean Low Water: MLW‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٥‬ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻛﺎﺩ ﺃﺳﺱ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﻪ ﻷﺳﺱ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺎﺕ ‪ levelling lines or routs‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ‪ closed loops‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺩﻑ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻐﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﻁﻭﻁﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺭﺓ ﺟﻳﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ‪- ١٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺑﺳﻁﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺑﻠﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ‪ ٧٥٠ - ٥٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ‪ -‬ﻛﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ‪ -‬ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٦-٥‬ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺻﺣﺔ ‪ precision‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ‪ (M) random mean square error‬ﻟﻠﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ ‪ (Mw) total mean square error‬ﻟﻔﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫‪5.0‬‬ ‫‪ 3.0‬‬ ‫‪ 1.0‬‬ ‫‪ 0.45‬‬ ‫)ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ(‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫‪10.0‬‬ ‫‪ 6.0‬‬ ‫‪ 2.0‬‬ ‫‪ 1.0‬‬ ‫)ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ(‬ ‫‪Mw‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٧-٥‬ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﻟﻠﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪ ٤-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ﻅ ﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳ ﺔ ﻧﺎﺗﺟ ﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ )ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﻭ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅ ﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺑ ﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛ ﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ )ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ( ﻭﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٨-٥‬ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ ﺧ ﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ‪ :‬ﻧ ﺻﻑ ﻳﻭﻣﻳ ﺔ )ﺩﻭﺭﺗ ﺎﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻳ ﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ( ﻭ ﺷ ﻬﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳ ﻧﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻣﺭﻳ ﺔ )ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛ ﻝ ‪ ١٨.٦‬ﺳ ﻧﺔ( ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺷ ﻛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٩-٥‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺑﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻛﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭ ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ(‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٠-٥‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺑﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪٢٠٠١‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻛﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭ ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ(‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١١-٥‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺑﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ )‪(٢٠٠٠-١٩٩٣‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻛﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭ ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ(‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٥-٥‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬

‫ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻔﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺑﺋﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺩﻳﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ﻣﺗﻣ ﺛﻼ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻭﺍﻣ ﺔ ﺗﻁﻔ ﻭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﺑﺋ ﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺗ ﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗ ﺻﻝ ﺑﻬ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻓﻳ ﺔ ﺳ ﻠﻙ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﻗﻠ ﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﻳﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﻭﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺧﻔ ﺽ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺋ ﺭ ﻳﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﻟﻳﺭﺳﻡ ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻌﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺑ ﻭﻁ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﻳ ﻭﻡ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺑﺩء ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻳ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻳ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻧﺫ ﻋﺷﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٢-٥‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻓﻳﺔ‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻐﻁ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ‪ pressure tide gauges‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺿ ﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ )ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺋﺭ( ﺛﻡ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺗﻣﺛ ﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪h = (p - pa) / ( d g‬‬ ‫)‪(5-4‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : h‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳ ﺔ‪ : p ،‬ﺍﻟ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻘ ﺎﺱ‪ : pa ،‬ﺍﻟ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻱ‪:d ،‬‬
‫ﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪ : g ،‬ﻋﺟﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻭﺗﺗﻣﻳ ﺯ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺑﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺫﺍﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻ ﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺎﺳ ﺏ ﺍﻻﻟ ﻲ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ )ﺷﻬﺭﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺛﻼ( ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻳﻭﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٣-٥‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬

‫)‪ (٣‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ‪ acoustic tide gauge‬ﻓﺗﻘ ﻳﺱ ﺯﻣ ﻥ ﺭﺣﻠ ﺔ ﻧﺑ ﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﺗﻧﻌﻛﺱ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺻﻁﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺗﺣ ﺳﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛ ﻲ ﺗ ﻧﻌﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﺑ ﺿﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ )ﻭ ﻻ ﺗﺗ ﺷﺗﺕ( ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٤-٥‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬

‫)‪ (٤‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ‪ Radar Tide Gauge‬ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﺑ ﺿﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺑ ﺿﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﻣﻳ ﺯ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺃﺳ ﻬﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳ ﺏ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻭﺻ ﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻹﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻟﺣﻅﻳ ﺎ ‪ real-time‬ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟ ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٥-٥‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬

‫ﻭﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻳ ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻳ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻧﺫﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻭﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻠﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻗﺻﻳﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻭﺻ ﻠﺔ ﺍﺗ ﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺣﻠﻳ ﺔ )ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻬ ﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣ ﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻧﻘ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻗﻣﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻧﻘ ﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ‪.(ARGOS, ELLIPSO, EYESAT, OCEAN-NET‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٥‬ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ‬

‫ﺗﻡ ﺑﻧﺎء ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟ ﺯﺭ ‪ tide gauge‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﻣ ﻊ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳ ﻊ ﻋ ﺷﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻳﻧﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﺍﻻﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪،١٨٩٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ١٩٠٦‬ﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪ MSL‬ﻭﺍﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻭ ﺭﺻﺩ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ٢٠٠١‬ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻬﺩ ﺑﺣﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻭﻣﻲ ﻟﺑﺣ ﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﺑﺗﺣ ﺩﻳﺙ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺷﻌﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻘﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻠﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺗﺛﺑﻳ ﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺣﺩﻳﺛ ﺔ ﻭ ﺭﻗﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ﻭ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﻭﻣﻳﺎ )ﺑﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﻛﻝ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ( ﻭﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٦-٥‬ﻣﺣﻁﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻬﺩ ﺑﺣﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺈﻧ ﺷﺎء ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺟ ﺯﺭ ﻷﺧ ﺭﻯ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﺍﻷﺑ ﻳﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺩﻳﻧ ﺔ ﺑﻭﺭﺳ ﻌﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻣﺣﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﺃﺧ ﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻣ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻭﻳﺱ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺎﺟﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻬﺩ ﺑﺣﻭﺙ ﺣﻣﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻭﺍﻁﺊ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻭﻣﻲ ﻟﺑﺣ ﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻓﻠﺩﻳ ﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺟ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﺍﻷﺑ ﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ ﺭﺷ ﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺭﻟﺱ ﻭ ﺃﺑ ﻭ ﻗﻳ ﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻳﺵ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﺗﻠﻙ ﻣﻌﻬﺩ ﺑﺣ ﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻻﺳ ﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻣﺗﻠ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻬ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻭﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺑﺣﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻓﻳﺯﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺟ ﺯﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ ﺩﻣﻳ ﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺃﺑ ﻭﻗﻳﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺭﺳ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻁﺭﻭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٧-٥‬ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬

‫‪ ١-٦‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺑﺗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ‪ -‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻳ ﺭ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻅ ﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﺑ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ‪ .Global Warming‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧ ﺏ ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﻛ ﺭﺭﺓ ﻛ ﻝ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻳﺱ ﺑﺄﻣﺭ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻣ ﺎء ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋ ﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻅ ﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﺑ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﻱ )ﺍﻧ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﻣ ﻥ ﻏ ﺎﺯ ﺛ ﺎﻧﻰ ﺃﻛ ﺳﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺑﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﻛﺭﺑﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳ ﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ( ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﺳﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻻﺳ ﺗﻐﻼﻟﻪ ﻛﻭﺳ ﻳﻠﺔ ﺿ ﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﺗ ﺭﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺎﻟﻲ ﺳ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﻟﻠﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻭﺿ ﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦‬ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﺥ ﻫ ﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﻣ ﺅﺛﺭ ﻭﻁﻭﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩﻯ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻌ ﺩﻝ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻘ ﺱ ﻳﺣ ﺩﺙ ﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻘﺱ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺷﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺎﻗﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻳ ﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳ ﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺣ ﺩﺙ ﺑ ﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ ﻟ ﻸﺭﺽ ﻛ ﺎﻟﺑﺭﺍﻛﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑ ﺳﺑﺏ ﻗ ﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻛ ﺎﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺷ ﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺷ ﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻘﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻳ ﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﺅﺧﺭﺍ ً ﺑ ﺳﺑﺏ ﻧ ﺷﺎﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧ ﺳﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻘ ﺩ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟ ﻪ ﻧﺣ ﻭ ﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻻﻋ ﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻝ ‪ ١٥٠‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺻﺭﻣﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺭﻕ ﻣﻠﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﻔﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﻔﻭﺭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻁﻠﻘﺕ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺣﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺳﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺑﻭﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺃﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺥ ‪.‬ﻭﺗﻣﻛﻧﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻐ ﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﻛ ﺏ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ‪ ١.٢‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳ ﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧ ﺔ ﺑﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﺧﻲ ﻳﺣ ﺻﻝ ﺑ ﺳﺑﺏ ﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺷﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺷﺭﻱ ﻟﻧ ﺳﺏ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻳﺋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐ ﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﺑ ﺎﺕ ﻳﺣ ﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳ ﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﺃﺳ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﺩﻳ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻲ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﺑﺄﻧﻭﺍﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧ ﺷﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧ ﺳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺷﺟﺎﺭ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١-٦‬ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺗﺑﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻳﺩﻻﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺛﻧﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﺑﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻲ ﻓﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻱ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻁﺎﺭ ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻻﺣﺗﺑﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻳﺋﺔ ‪ Global Warming‬ﻫﻭ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻳﺣﺑﺱ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺿﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﻟﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺗﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﺧﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺷﻛﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺳﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺑﻭﻥ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺿﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻹﻧﺗﺎﺟﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺣﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺣﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻔﻁ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺑﻌﺙ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺯﺍﺭﻉ ﺍﻻﺭﺯ ﻭﺗﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻁﺎﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺟﻡ ﻭﺃﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻓﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻛﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺥ ‪ IPCC‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻧﺫ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺣﻘﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻗﺭﺍﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،١٧٥٠‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺥ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ ٠.٧‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻳﻠﺳﻳﻭﺱ ﻣﻧﺫ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺷﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺗﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻥ ‪ ١٩١٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٠.٣٥) ١٩٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻳﻠﺳﻳﻭﺱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺑﻘﻭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﻌﻳﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺿﺭ )‪ ٠.٥٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻳﻠﺳﻳﻭﺱ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ً ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺿﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ‪ ١١‬ﻣﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﻧﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎ ً ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ١٢‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ً ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺿﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻛﺳﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺑﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻱ ﻗﺩ ﻧﺟﻣﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﺹ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻛﺳﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺑﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺛﻘﻝ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺑﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻳﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻐﻳﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗُﻌﺯﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺑﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﻔﻭﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﺎء ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﻔﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺳﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻧﺑﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻛﺳﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺑﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢-٦‬ﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ ١٨٨٠‬ﻭ ‪٢٠١٠‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻓﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺋﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﺑﻣ ﺎ ﻗ ﺩ ﻳ ﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﻏ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔ ﺿﺔ ﻭ ﺗ ﺄﺛﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻓﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺣﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺍﺿ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗ ﺻﻠﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻧﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺫﺑ ﺫﺏ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻌ ﺩﻝ ﺳ ﻘﻭﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﻁ ﺎﺭ ﻛﻣﻳ ﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳ ﺎ ﺯﻳ ﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌ ﺩﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻔﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻟﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺳ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻧﻬ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺗﻣﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﺯﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻓﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ .٤‬ﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﻔﻘ ﺩ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭ ﻟﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺗ ﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﺎﺟﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺍﺿ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻣﺎ ﺳﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﺹ ﺍﻧﺗﺎﺟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﻭﺗﺯﺍﻳﺩ ﻣﻌﺩﻻﺕ ﺗﺂﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑ ﺔ ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺳﺗ ﺳﺑﺏ ﺫﻟ ﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻏﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺷ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻟﺗﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻳ ﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺩﻻﺕ ﻧﺣﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍﻁﺊ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻛﻲ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺫﺍء‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺍﻟﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺩﺍﻋﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻠﺑﻳﺔ ﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻣ ﺭ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻫﺭﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﺎ ﺳﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﻌﺩﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦‬ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬

‫ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﻧ ﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ sea level‬ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﻣﻛ ﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘ ﺎﺱ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﻣ ﺎ ﻧ ﺳﻣﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﻲ ﻟ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪relative sea‬‬
‫‪ level‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﺭﻛﺯﻱ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺳﻣﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪ .geocentric sea level‬ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺑﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺿﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻳ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻ ﺻﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐ ﺭﺽ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﺗﻳﻣﺗ ﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ .satellite altimetry‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻛ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺣ ﺩﺩ ﻓﻬ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ Mean Sea Level‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ .MSL‬ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁﺔ ﻟﻘ ﻳﻡ ‪ MSL‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﻟﻧﺣ ﺻﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪ Global Mean Sea Level‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪.GMSL‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺎ )ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ( ﻭ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺎ )ﻣﻊ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ( ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗ ﺷﻣﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺃﻣ ﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ ‪ ocean currents‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ ‪ ocean density‬ﻭﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻭﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ ‪ocean temperature‬‬
‫‪ and salinity‬ﻭ ﺫﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﺏ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ice sheets melting‬ﻭ ﻫﺑ ﻭﻁ‬
‫‪gravity field‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ land subsidence‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺟ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ change‬ﻭ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﺭﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺩﻝ ﻗ ﺩ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺗ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻋ ﺎﻣﻲ ‪ ١٩٩٣‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٠٠٣‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١.٨‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗ ﺭ‪/‬ﺳ ﻧﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ‪٣.١‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪/‬ﺳﻧﻭﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣-٦‬ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﺗﺭﺓ ‪٢٠٠٠-١٨٨٠‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٤-٦‬ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﺗﺭﺓ ‪٢٠٠٠-١٩٦٠‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٥-٦‬ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﺗﺭﺓ ‪٢٠١٢-١٩٩٣‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺗﺟﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﻲ ﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ Relative Mean Sea Level Rise‬ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ .Absolute Mean Sea Level Rise‬ﻓ ﺎﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺎﺗﺞ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺑﺎ ﺍﻟ ﻲ )ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ( ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ﻧﻔ ﺳﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻓﻬ ﻭ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﻲ ﻣ ﺿﺎﻓﺎ ﺍﻟﻳ ﻪ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻫﺑ ﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ Land Subsidence‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺫﺍﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻬﺑﻭﻁ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻌ ﺩﻝ ﻫﺑ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛ ﺭﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ )‪ Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺋﻳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔ ﺿﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳ ﺔ ‪ Radar Satellite Imageries‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛ ﺭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﻫﺑﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗ ﺭﺍﺕ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺟﺎﻛﺭﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﺩﻭﻧﻳﺳﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٦‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬

‫ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻛﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ ‪ IPCC‬ﺑﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺗﻭﻗﻌ ﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ ﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﻣ ﺔ ﺗﻘ ﺎﺭﻳﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻳ ﺔ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑ ﺎ ﻛ ﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ( ﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻌﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺔ ﻛﺎﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺑﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﻭﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻋﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻌ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﻓﻳﻣ ﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬ ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓﻬﻧ ﺎﻙ ﻋ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺳ ﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭﻫﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻭ ﻟ ﻳﺱ ﺳ ﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﺗﻭﻗﻌ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻳﺔ ﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ٢٠١٤‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺗ ﺭﺓ ‪ ٢٠٦٥-٢٠٤٦‬ﻳﺑﻠ ﻎ ‪ ٠.٣٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗ ﻊ ﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ‪ ٢١٠٠-٢٠٨١‬ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ٠.٦٣‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻣﺎ ﺳﺑﻖ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻳﻡ ﻫ ﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻡ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳ ﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗ ﻊ ﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻳﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ٢.٨‬ﻭ ‪٣.٦‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗ ﺭ‪/‬ﺳ ﻧﺔ ﺑﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻳﺑﻠ ﻎ ‪ ٣.٢‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗ ﺭ‪/‬ﺳ ﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺃﺳ ﻭﺃ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻋ ﺩﻡ ﺧﻔ ﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﺑﻌﺎﺙ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻛﺳﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺑﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻗ ﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ١.٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ﺑﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.٢١٠٠‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٦-٦‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺗﺭﺓ ‪٢١٠٠-٢٠٨١‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٧-٦‬ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺗﺭﺓ‬
‫‪٢١٠٠-٢٠٨١‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻛﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ )‪ (٢٠٠٦‬ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻔ ﺳﻳﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ،٣١‬ﻓﺭﻧﺳﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0014/001477/147773a.pdf‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻓﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺭﻳﻑ ﻓﺗﺣ ﻲ )‪ (٢٠٠٥‬ﺃﺳ ﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺑ ﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺗ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻧ ﺷﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺻﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺋﺔ )‪ (٢٠٠٤‬ﺩﻟﻳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺁﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://www.eeaa.gov.eg/portals/0/eeaaReports/N-‬‬
‫‪CC/cdm%20guidebook-arabic.pdf‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺋﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻣﺻﺭ )‪ (٢٠١٨‬ﻗﺎﻣﻭﺱ ﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺥ‪:‬‬

‫‪http://www.eeaa.gov.eg/portals/0/eeaaReports/N-‬‬
‫‪CC/%D9%82%D8%A7%D9%85%D9%88%D8%B3%20%D8‬‬
‫‪%AA%D8%BA%D9%8A%D8%B1%20%D8%A7%D9%84%D‬‬
‫‪9%85%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%AE.pdf‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺋﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻣﺻﺭ )‪ (٢٠١٨‬ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺳﺑﻝ ﻣﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://www.eeaa.gov.eg/portals/0/eeaaReports/N-‬‬
‫‪CC/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D8%BA%D9%8A%D8%B1‬‬
‫‪%D8%A7%D8%AA%20%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D9%86‬‬
‫‪%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8A%D8%A9%20%D9%88%D8%B‬‬
‫‪3%D8%A8%D9%84%20%D9%85%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%A‬‬
‫‪C%D9%87%D8%A9%20%D8%A3%D8%AB%D8%A7%D8%‬‬
‫‪B1%D9%87%D8%A7.pdf‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ )‪ (٢٠١٠‬ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺻﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://www.mediafire.com/file/yo8crrkhqwb2sir/%D8%A7%D9‬‬
‫‪%84%D8%AC%D9%8A_%D8%A8%D9%8A_%D8%A3%D8‬‬
‫‪%B3_2010.pdf‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ )‪ (٢٠١٢‬ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺻﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪http://www.mediafire.com/file/js4qm6smhwt6trd/%D9%85%D8‬‬
‫‪%A8%D8%A7%D8%AF%D8%A6_%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%8‬‬
‫‪5%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A9_2012.pdf‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ )‪ (٢٠١٤‬ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺻﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪http://www.mediafire.com/file/m5x06ayyd86jmo5/%D8%B1%D‬‬
‫‪9%8A%D8%A7%D8%B6%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8‬‬
‫‪%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A‬‬
‫‪9_2014.pdf‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
______________________________________________________________

:‫ ﻣﺻﺭ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‬،‫( ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‬٢٠١٦) ‫ ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ‬،‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬

http://www.mediafire.com/file/y6t1nwizqj54vw6/%D8%A7%D9
%84%D8%A7%D8%AC%D9%87%D8%B2%D8%A9_%D8%
A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%AD%D9%8A
%D8%A9_2016.pdf

‫ ﻁ ﺭﻕ‬:‫( ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻳﺔ‬١٩٩٥) ‫ ﷴ ﺭﺷ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻳﻥ‬،‫ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣ ﺻﻁﻔﻲ‬،‫ ﺣﺳﻧﻲ‬،‫ ﻋﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺷﻛﺭﻱ‬
.‫ ﻣﺻﺭ‬،‫ ﺍﻻﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ‬،‫ ﻣﻧﺷﺄﺓ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﻊ‬

،١٣ ‫ ﺭﻗ ﻡ‬،‫ ﺳﻠ ﺳﻠﺔ ﻋ ﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ‬،‫( ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺎﺭ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺏ‬١٩٧٩) ‫ ﺃﻧﻭﺭ‬،‫ﻋﺑﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﻡ‬
.‫ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﻳﺕ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ‬
http://ameri.semnan.ac.ir/uploads/%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%8
5%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A9_%D8%B9%D9%86%
D8%AF_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%B1%D8%A8_156
40.pdf

:‫ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺟﻠﻳﺯﻳﺔ‬-٢

Church, J.A., P.U. Clark, A. Cazenave, J.M. Gregory, S. Jevrejeva,

A. Levermann, M.A. Merrifield, G.A. Milne, R.S. Nerem, P.D.
Nunn, A.J. Payne, W.T. Pfeffer, D. Stammer and A.S.
Unnikrishnan (2013) Sea Level Change. In: Climate Change
2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working
Group I to the Fifth Assessment Report of the IPCC.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and
New York, NY, USA.
http://www.ipcc.ch/pdf/assessment-
report/ar5/wg1/WG1AR5_Chapter13_FINAL.pdf

CHS (Canadian Hydrographic Service) (2013) Hydrographic

survey management guidelines, Edition 2, Canada.
http://www.charts.gc.ca/documents/data-
gestion/guidelines-directrices/sg-ld-2013-eng.pdf

FIG (International Federation of Surveyors) (2010) Guidelines for

the planning, execution and management of Hydrographic
surveys in ports and harbors, Report of FIG commission 4,
Copenhagen, Denmark.
https://www.fig.net/resources/publications/figpub/pub56/fi
gpub56.pdf

______________________________________________________________
‫ ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬.‫ﺩ‬ ٨٩ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬/‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
______________________________________________________________

IHO (International Hydrographic Organization) (2008) IHO

th
Standards for hydrographic surveys, 5 Edition, A special
publication No. 44, IHO, Monaco
https://www.iho.int/iho_pubs/standard/S-44_5E.pdf

IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) (2014)

Climate Change 2014: Synthesis Report. Contribution of
Working Groups I, II and III to the Fifth Assessment Report of
the IPCC [Core Writing Team, R.K. Pachauri and L.A. Meyer
(eds.)]. IPCC, Geneva, Switzerland, 151 pp.
http://www.psmsl.org/train_and_info/training/manuals/io
c_14i.pdf

IOC (Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission) (2016)

Manual on sea level measurements and interpretation:
Volume V: Radar gauges, Manuals and guides No. 14, IOC,
France.
http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002469/246981
E.pdf

IOC (Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission) (2006)

Manual on sea level measurements and interpretation:
Volume IV: An updates to 2006, Technical report No. 31,
IOC, France.
http://www.psmsl.org/train_and_info/training/manuals/ma
nual_14_final_21_09_06.pdf

IOC (Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission) (1985)

Manual on sea level measurements and interpretation:
Volume I: Basic procedures, Manuals and guides No. 14, IOC,
France.
http://www.psmsl.org/train_and_info/training/manuals/ioc_14i.
pdf

Jong, C., Lachapelle, G., Skone, S., and Elema, I. (2010)

Hydrography, eBook, 2nd edition, Delft University Press, The
Netherlands.
http://www.ucalgary.ca/engo_webdocs/SpecialPublicatio
ns/Hydrography_2ndEdition_eBook_2010.pdf

______________________________________________________________
‫ ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬.‫ﺩ‬ ٩٠ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬/‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
______________________________________________________________

NOAA (US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration)

(1976) Hydrographic manual of the office of coast survey, 4th
Edition, USA.
https://nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/publications/docs/standards-
and-requirements/hydrographic-manual/hydro-man-4th-
edition.pdf

NOAA (US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration)

(2014) Field procedures manual of the office of coast survey,
USA.
https://nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/publications/docs/standards-
and-requirements/fpm/2014-fpm-final.pdf

NOAA (US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration)

(2017) Hydrographic surveys specifications and deliverables
of the office of coast survey, USA.
https://nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/publications/docs/standards-
and-requirements/specs/hssd-2017.pdf

Mohamed, H.F. (2006) Realization and redefinition of the Egyptian

vertical datum based on recent heterogeneous observation,
Ph. D. dissertation, Faculty of Engineering at Shoubra,
Zagazig university, Egypt.
http://www.mediafire.com/file/wp7cyosdmo190dp/Hoda_P
hD_2005.pdf

Seeber, G. (2003) Satellite geodesy, Walter de Gruyter, Berlin,

Germany.

Shaker, A., Alnaggar, D., Saad, A., and Faisal, H. (2011) Absolute
sea level rise estimation at Alexandria using tide records and
GPS observations, The FIG working week 2011, Marrakech,
Morocco, May 18-22.
http://www.fig.net/resources/proceedings/fig_proceeding
s/fig2011/papers/ts04i/ts04i_saad_shaker_et_al_5163.p
df

USACE (US Army Corps of Engineers) (2013) Hydrographic

surveying, Engineering manual EM-1110-2-1003,
Washington, DC, USA.
http://www.publications.usace.army.mil/Portals/76/Publication
s/EngineerManuals/EM_1110-2-1003.pdf?ver=2014-01-06-
155809-307

______________________________________________________________
‫ ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬.‫ﺩ‬ ٩١ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬/‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
______________________________________________________________

:‫ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ‬-٣

:‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6YgSSYqZtR0&t=289s

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3LCZZheosWo

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6YgSSYqZtR0&t=293s

:‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺟﻠﻳﺯﻳﺔ‬

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sxJ5q03kQ0A&t=92s

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qBYjGn_TYXM

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xXDUoMQHxVQ

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6kTs7YdqrDs

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y-7SsvRsoHA

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xxZahX746io

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qfuhHxLbjb8

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YjredLVUc9k

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=02zYehbQ7gI

______________________________________________________________
‫ ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬.‫ﺩ‬ ٩٢ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬/‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ‪ Geodesy‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﻻﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﻳﻥ‪" :‬ﺟﻳﻭ ‪ "Geo‬ﺑﻣﻌﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭ "ﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ‪ "Desy‬ﺑﻣﻌﻧ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭﺭﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺟﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻓﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ "ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ" ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻭﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣ ﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺳﻳﻁ ﺳ ﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣ ﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺃﺻ ﺑﺣﺕ ﺗﺗﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﻌ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑ ﺳﺔ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺗﻬ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑ ﺳﺔ ﻭﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻛﻭﻛﺏ ﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣ ﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻧ ﺗﺞ ﻋ ﻥ ﺣﺭﻛﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻗ ﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺍﻛﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ ﺗﺅﺛﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳ ﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻣﺗﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﻟﻳ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻗ ﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺗﻬ ﺎ‪ .‬ﺑ ﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ – ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ – ﺃﺻﺑﺣﺕ ﺗﻬﺗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ ﻟﻳ ﺿﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﺭﻉ ﺟﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺟ ﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻣﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﻧﻁ ﻼﻕ ﻋ ﺻﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺑﻌﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻓﻘ ﺩ ﻧ ﺗﺞ ﻋ ﻥ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻓ ﺭﻉ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳ ﺻﻧﻑ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ Geo-Sciences‬ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻳ ﺻﻧﻑ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺗ ﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻧﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ﷲ ﺳﺑﺣﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻹﻧ ﺳﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻧﺯﻟ ﻪ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺧ ﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻌ ﺭﻑ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺟﺩﻳ ﺩﺓ ﻏﺭﻳ ﺯﺓ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﺍﻟ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺷﺭﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎ ﺑ ﺩﺃﺕ ﺣﺎﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺷﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺗﻣﻛﻧﻬﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻳﻬﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺭﺍء ﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻣﻛ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧ ﺳﺎﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﺧ ﺫ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻷﻣ ﺎﻛﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺟ ﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ – ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺑ ﺎﻝ –‬
‫ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻣﻛﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻧﻬﺎﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻅ ﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺗﻁﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﺎﻓﺭ ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﻌﻭﺩ ﻟﻣﻭﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﻱ ﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻻ ﻭ ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ‪ Navigation‬ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺑﻭﺍﺳ ﻁﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻣ ﻥ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٩٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻻﻋﺗﻣﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﻭﻡ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳ ﺔ ﺗﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻹﻧ ﺳﺎﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﻣﻭﻗﻌ ﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻫﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﻔﺭ ﻟ ﻳﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺑ ﺩﺃ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻠ ﻙ ‪ . Astronomy‬ﻭﻋﺭﻓ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺿﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Lighthouses‬ﻣﻧﺫ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ﺃﻟﻔﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ – ﻭ ﺃﺷﻬﺭﻫﻡ ﻓﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﺯﻳﺭﺓ ﺭﻭﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻧﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ‪ -‬ﻛﻌﻼﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻣﻼﺣﻳ ﺔ ﺗﻌﻛ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻭء ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﺿ ﻭء ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺱ ﻧﻬ ﺎﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺿ ﻭء ﻣ ﺻﺩﺭ ﺁﺧ ﺭ ﻟ ﻳﻼ ﻹﺭﺷ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻔﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺣ ﺭﺓ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻘ ﺎ ﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺍﻹﻧ ﺳﺎﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺳﻳﺭ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺗﺣﺭﻛﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺔ ﺑ ﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ )ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ( ﻟﺗﻅﻬ ﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ "ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ"‬
‫‪ .Maps‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺑﺩﺃ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ‪ Surveying‬ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ – ﺑﺄﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ – ﻟﻠﻣﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺷﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌ ﺩ ﻣ ﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻧﺫ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٤٠٠‬ﻋﺎﻡ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﺍﺋﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺣﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺗﻁ ﻭﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻡ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻟﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺗﺧﺻ ﺻﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻣﻘ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺃﻻ ﻭ ﻫ ﻭ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺯﻳﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺩﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺷﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻛ ﻭﻳﻥ ﻓﻛ ﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻥ ﺷ ﻛﻝ ﻛﻭﻛ ﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﺑ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺹ ﻳﻁﻔﻭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻼﺳﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ﻓﻳﺛﺎﻏﻭﺭﺙ‬
‫)‪ ٥٠٠-٥٨٠‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ( ﻭ ﺃﺭﺳ ﻁﻭ )‪ ٣٢٢-٣٨٤‬ﻗﺑ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻳﻼﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳ ﺗﻣﺭﺕ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺳ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌ ﺩﺓ ﻗ ﺭﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻭﻟ ﻲ ﺑ ﺩﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻛﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻹﻧ ﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣ ﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﺷ ﻛﻝ ﻭ ﺣﺟ ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻹﻏﺭﻳﻘ ﻲ ﺃﺭﺍﺗﻭﺳ ﺗﻳﻥ ‪-٢٧٦) Eratosthenes‬‬
‫‪ ١٩٦‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ( ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺷﻐﻝ ﻣﻧﺻﺏ ﺃﻣﻳﻥ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺃﺭﻗﻲ ﻣﻌﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻣ ﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﺭﺍﺗﻭﺳﺗﻳﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﻗﻲ ﻳﻭﻡ ‪ ٢١‬ﻳﻭﻧﻳﻭ )ﺣﺯﻳﺭﺍﻥ( ﻣ ﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﻋ ﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺭﺋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺑﺋﺭ ﺑﻣﺩﻳﻧﺔ ﺃﺳﻭﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺫﻟ ﻙ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺗﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﻭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻳﻝ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻭﺟﺩﻫﺎ ‪ ٧.٢‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء – ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺃﺳ ﻭﺍﻥ – ﻳﻌ ﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫‪ ٥٠/١‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ )ﺷ ﻛﻝ ‪ .(٢-١‬ﻭﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻗ ﺎﻡ ﺑﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛ ﻼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻳﻧﺗﻳﻥ ﻓﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٥٠٠٠‬ﺍﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ )ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪٥٠٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ‪ ٨٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻣ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺣ ﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ )‪ ٥٠‬ﺿ ﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺃﺳ ﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺳ ﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ( ﻟﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻘ ﺩﻳﺭﻩ ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٢٥٠٠٠‬ﻣ ﻳﻼ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺫﻫﻝ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺩﺍﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻛﻥ ﺑﻌﻳ ﺩﺓ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻳﻼ ﻋﻥ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻧﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﻭﻫﻭ ‪ ٢٤٩٠١‬ﻣﻳﻼ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٩٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭﺕ ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ )ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻗﻁ ﺭ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫ ﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻋﺷﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻭﻥ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﻋ ﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻳﻼﺩﻱ ﺣﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻁ ﻭﺭ ﺍﺳ ﺣﻖ ﻧﻳ ﻭﺗﻥ )‪(١٧٢٧-١٦٤٣‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻔﻠﻁ ﺢ ﺷ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺷ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺭﻭﻳ ﺔ ﻣﻔﻠﻁﺣ ﺔ ﻗﻠ ﻳﻼ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻧﻭﺑﻲ ﻭﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻳ ﺻﻧﻑ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠ ﻲ ﻟﻌﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ )ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪ ٠‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻧﺣﺻﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﺎﺕ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‪٠‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺗﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻋ ﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺩ‪ :‬ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘ ﻁ ﺍﻟ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻠﻌ ﺏ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻭﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻ ﺻﺔ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺇﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺃﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﻧﺩﺳ ﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻛﺑ ﺎﺭﻱ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﺳﺩﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ‪ ٠٠٠‬ﺍﻟ ﺦ( ﻓﺎﻧ ﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻌﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋ ﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧﻼﻟ ﻪ ﺍﻟ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻹﻧ ﺷﺎء ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻔﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﺭﺍﻧﻲ ‪ :‬ﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻌﻳ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣ ﺔ ﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁ ﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ ‪٠‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٩٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ‬ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻭﺗﻭﺛﻳ ﻖ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪٠‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛ ﺭﺭﺓ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻳ ﺭ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺭﺓ ﺩﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳﻛﻳ ﺎ )ﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻖ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯﻝ( ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺷﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﺧﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺳﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺯﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪٠‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋ ﺔ ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻌ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻣ ﺅﺛﺭﺍ ﻓ ﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻐﻳ ﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻰ‪٠‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺿﺎء‪ :‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺇﻁ ﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺿﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭﻛ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎء ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪٠‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻌ ﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻏﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺣﻠﻳﺔ ‪٠‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳ ﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻹﻋ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳﺔ‪٠‬‬

‫ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗ ﺻﻧﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻷﻓ ﺭﻉ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺑﻧ ﺎءﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻭﺟﻬ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺳﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺑﻧﺎءﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻧﺟﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃ( ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ‪Global Geodesy‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻭﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺏ( ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻧﻳﺔ ‪National Geodetic Surveys‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺋﻭﻝ ﻋ ﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺷ ﻛﻝ ﻭﻣﺟ ﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ ﺇﻧ ﺷﺎء‬
‫ﺷ ﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣ ﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ( ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺳﻡ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺳﺎﻡ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺃﺧ ﺫ ﻛﺭﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺗﺑ ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺝ( ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺔ ‪Plan Surveying‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻔ ﺻﻳﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺑ ﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٩٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻗﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺗﺣ ﺩﺩ ﻋﻧﺎﺻ ﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻛﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺟ ﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻛ ﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻳﻡ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻣ ﻝ ﺷ ﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ )ﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ( ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑﺕ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻹﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ )ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻁﻌﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻗﺳﻡ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ‪:Terrestrial Geodesy‬‬
‫ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻬ ﺎ ﺇﺟ ﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓ ﺭﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﻳﺏ( ﺑﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ )ﺱ‪،‬ﺹ‪،‬ﻉ(‬
‫ﻟﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺯﻳﻘﻳﺔ ‪:Physical Geodesy‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﺟ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﻫ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ )ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ( ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺗ ﻪ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺇﻧ ﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ )ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ(‪ .‬ﺗ ﺗﻡ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺇﻣ ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ‪:Satellite Geodesy‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣ ﺩﺓ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺑ ﺩﺃﺕ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻣﻧﺫ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .١٩٥٧‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳﺔ ‪:Astronomical Geodesy‬‬
‫ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳ ﺔ )ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛ ﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳ ﺔ( ﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛ ﻲ ﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺷ ﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻣﻬ ﻡ ﺟ ﺩﺍ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺿ ﻲ ﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳ ﺔ ﻗ ﺩ ﻗ ﻝ ﻛﺛﻳ ﺭﺍ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺭﺍﻫﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻧﺗ ﺷﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ‪:Mathematical Geodesy‬‬

‫ﻓﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻬﺗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻅﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻓﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣ ﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﻅﻬ ﺭﺕ ﻣ ﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ‬
‫‪ Intenerated Geodesy‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺃﻗ ﺳﺎﻡ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﻗ ﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻌﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻳﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺑﻣ ﺳﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎﺋﻳﺔ ‪ Spatial Geodesy‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺻﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺑ ﻝ ﺍﻣﺗ ﺩﺕ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺍﻛ ﺏ ﺍﻷﺧ ﺭﻯ ﺑ ﻝ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﻁﺑﻘ ﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﺩﻑ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪:Horizontal 2D‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬ ﺩﻑ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘ ﻲ )ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ( ﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻗ ﺩﻳﻣﺎ ﻭﻣ ﻊ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ( ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺗﻘ ﺎﻡ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﻭﻟ ﻡ ﻳﻛ ﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻬﻝ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻓ ﺭﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﻳﺏ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺷ ﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻓﻘ ﻁ‬
‫‪ Two-Dimensional or 2D‬ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ‪: Vertical 1D‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻓ ﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳ ﻳﺏ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﺣ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟ ﺙ )ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ(‬
‫ﻟ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺗﻐﻁ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ ‪ .One-Dimensional or 1D‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ )ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭﺍﺕ( ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪:3D‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﻋﺻﺭ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ( ‪Three-Dimensional or 3D‬ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪Dynamic‬‬ ‫‪4D‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ‬
‫‪:(Geodesy‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻛﻭﻛ ﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻟ ﻥ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺗ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣ ﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺯﻣﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻬ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ ﺑﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣ ﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺯﻣﻥ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ( ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ )ﺱ‪،‬ﺹ‪،‬ﻉ( ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻟﺣﻅ ﺔ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻭﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻛﺈﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻁﻠﻘﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ‪.Four-Dimensional or 4D‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﻳﺔ ﻅﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺳﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺭﺹ ﺻﻠﺏ ﻳﻁﻔ ﻭ ﻓ ﻭﻕ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻁ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻛﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺑ ﺷﺭ ﻗﻠ ﻳﻼ ﻭﺟ ﺎء ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻧ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻳﺛ ﺎﻏﻭﺭﺙ‬
‫‪ Pythagoras‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ ﻭﺍﻓﺗﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﺎء ﻟﺗﻘﺩﻳﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣ ﻳﻁ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺭﺓ ﻫ ﻲ ﺗﺟﺭﺑ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻹﻏﺭﻳﻘ ﻲ ﺃﺭﺍﺗﻭﺳ ﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺑﻖ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺎﻣﺱ ﻋ ﺷﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺩﺱ ﻋ ﺷﺭ ﺃﻳ ﺩ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻛﻭﻟﻭﻣﺑ ﻭﺱ ‪ Columbus‬ﻭ ﻣ ﺎﺟﻼﻥ ‪ Magellan‬ﻓﻛ ﺭﺓ ﻛﺭﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻼﺗﻬﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻬﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ١٦٨٧‬ﻁ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻬﻳﺭ ﻧﻳ ﻭﺗﻥ‬
‫‪ Newtown‬ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻣﻬ ﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗ ﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻟﻛﺗﻠ ﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻌ ﺔ ﻣﺗﺟﺎﻧ ﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻘﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺩﻭﺭ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻫ ﺎ ﻟ ﻳﺱ ﻫ ﻭ ﺷ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻛﻧ ﻪ ﺷ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻠﻁ ﺢ ﻗﻠ ﻳﻼ ﺑﺎﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑ ﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ١٧٣٥‬ﻗﺎﻣ ﺕ ﺃﻛﺎﺩﻳﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻧ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﺗﻧﻅ ﻳﻡ ﺑﻌﺛﺗ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻹﺟ ﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛ ﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺛﺑﺗ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺗ ﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻌ ﻼ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻔﻠﻁﺣ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﻌﻳﺵ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻛﻭﻛﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻧﺣﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ – ﺷﻛﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺟﻣﻪ – ﻟﻛﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛ ﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺣﻥ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﺑﻁ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳ ﺿﻣﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﻗ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺟﺑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺃﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺣﺎﺭ ﻟﻳﺱ ﺷﻛﻼ ﺳﻬﻼ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣﺎ ﻟﻛﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺑﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﻪ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١‬ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﺎء ﻋﻥ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺁﺧ ﺭ ﻟ ﻸﺭﺽ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﻗ ﻝ ﺗﻌﻘﻳ ﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﻫﺗ ﺩﻭﺍ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻓﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺃﻧ ﻪ‬
‫ﻁﺎﻟﻣ ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﺗ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ %٧٠‬ﻣ ﻥ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓ ﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻛﺎﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻟ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻫﻣﻠﻧ ﺎ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء ﺑ ﺳﺑﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻳ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ( ‪ Mean Sea Level‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﺑ ﺄﺣﺭﻑ‬
‫‪ ،MSL‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﻧﺎ ﺑﻣﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑﺳﺔ ﻟﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻡ ﺇﻁ ﻼﻕ ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺋﻳ ﺩ ‪ Geoid‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ]ﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻣﺗﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ MSL‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻐﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﻭ ﻧﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻠﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﻳﻥ ﻳﺷﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﻡ[‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﻧﻳﻭﺗﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﻟ ﻥ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣ ﺎ ﻻﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﻳﺗﻌﺎﻣ ﺩ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﻗ ﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻳﺧ ﺿﻊ ﻟﻘ ﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻵﺧﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﻳﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻡ )ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺳﻣﻙ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺷﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ٦‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ( ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻧﺧﻠﺹ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻌﻘﺩ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺻﻌﺏ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﺗﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻟﺗﻌﻘ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﻭﺻ ﻌﻭﺑﺔ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻠ ﻪ ﺑﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺃﺗﺟ ﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣ ﺎء ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺙ ﻋ ﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﻭﺟ ﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺎﻗﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﻳ ﺑﺱ ‪ Ellipse‬ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻗ ﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺱ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﺳﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺟﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻗﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳ ﺿﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ Ellipsoid or Ellipsoid of Revolution‬ﻭﻳﻌ ﺭﻑ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻻﺳ ﻔﺭﻭﻳﺩ ‪Spheroid‬‬
‫)ﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﺷﺎﺭﺍ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗ ﺎﺏ(‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺗﺑ ﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺫﻫ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺳ ﺅﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﻣ ﺎ ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻳ ﺑﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻣﻌﻧ ﻲ ﺁﺧ ﺭ ﻣ ﺎ ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺓ؟ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻟﻠﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺟﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻣﻔﻠﻁﺢ ﻗﻠﻳﻼ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺑﻌﻛ ﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﻣﺎﻣ ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺭﺓ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻗﻁ ﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺣ ﺩ ﻟ ﻪ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫ ﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻧﺟ ﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻟ ﻪ ﻣﺣ ﻭﺭﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺑﻳ ﺭ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻳﻠﺯﻣﻧ ﺎ ﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺻﺭﻳﻥ )ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺓ ﻳﻌﺑﺭ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻫﻭ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻗﻁﺭﻫﺎ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ )ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء( ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪a‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺭ )ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑﻳﻥ( ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪b‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌﺑﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭﻳﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ )ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء( ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪a‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻁﺢ ‪ flattening‬ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪ f‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪f=(a–b)/a‬‬ ‫‪or‬‬ ‫) ‪f = 1- (b / a‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣‬ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺑﻌﺩﺓ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻣﺛﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻁﺣﻪ )ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻫﻧﺩﺳﻲ ﻣﻌﺭﻭﻑ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺯﻳﻘ ﻲ ﻛﺛﻳ ﺭﺍ )ﺃﻛﺑ ﺭ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻫﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻌ ﺩﻱ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﻓﻘ ﻁ‪ .‬ﻻﺣ ﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺭﺓ ﻳ ﺻﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪٢١‬‬
‫ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻛﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻠﺯﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﻌﺑﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺷ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ‪ .Reference Surface‬ﺃﺣ ﺩ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺷ ﻛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻟﻔﺗ ﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠ ﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﺭﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺯﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﻬﺎ ﻋ ﻥ ‪ : ١‬ﻣﻠﻳ ﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺟ ﺩﺍ )ﺃﻗ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺭﺑ ﻊ( ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻋﺗﺑ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ‪Plane‬‬
‫ﺷ ﻛﻼ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳ ﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻳﺔ ‪ .Plane Surveying‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﺩﺕ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻧ ﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻳﻌﺑ ﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺄﻗﺭﺏ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻣﻛﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺗﺟﻣﻌﺕ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﺩﻱ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﺎء‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺗﻌﺭﻳ ﻑ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ )ﺳ ﻭﺍء ‪ a , b‬ﺃﻭ ‪ (a , f‬ﻣﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻱ ﻟﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺿﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻐﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺩء ﻓ ﻲ ﺇﻧﺗ ﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﺧﺗ ﺎﺭ ﺃﺣ ﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ – ﻓ ﻲ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻗ ﺕ – ﻟﺗﺗﺧ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛ ﻥ ﻣﻣﻛﻧ ﺎ – ﻷﺳ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻳ ﺔ – ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺩﻳ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ؟ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺭﺏ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳ ﻝ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ ﺑﻳﻧﻪ ﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻣﻌ ﻳﻥ ﺗﺭﻳ ﺩ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻬ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻭﻕ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﺟﺄ ﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ﻗﻠ ﻳﻼ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ Re-Position‬ﻟﻛﻲ ﻳﺣﻘﻖ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ – ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻌ ﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺳﻳﻁ –‬
‫ﻓﻠﻡ ﻳﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻝ ﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻧ ﺎ ﻧﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳ ﻪ ﺍﺳ ﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﻭﻁﻧ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻳ ﺎﻥ ‪A geodetic Datum, a local‬‬
‫‪ .datum, or simply a datum‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﻭﻁﻧﻲ ﻷﻱ ﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻫ ﻭ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻋ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻗ ﺩ ﺗ ﻡ ﺗﻌ ﺩﻳﻝ ﻭﺿ ﻌﻪ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑ ﺂﺧﺭﻱ ﻟﻳﻧﺎﺳ ﺏ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻭﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺭﺏ ﺗﻣﺛ ﻳﻼ ﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ )ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ( ﻋﻧﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ ﻗﻠ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﻭﻁﻧﻲ ﻟﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳ ﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ )‪ (١‬ﺑﻌﺽ ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺭ ‪ b‬ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺗﺭ‬ ‫‪ a‬ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺗﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺻﺭ‬ ‫‪٦٣٥٦٨١٨‬‬ ‫‪٦٣٧٨٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪Helmert 1906‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺭﻳﻛﺎ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪٦٣٥٦٦٥١‬‬ ‫‪٦٣٧٨٢٧٤‬‬ ‫‪Clarke 1866‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻁ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪٦٣٥٦٠٧٩‬‬ ‫‪٦٣٧٧٣٩٧‬‬ ‫‪Bassel 1841‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﻳﻁﺎﻧﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪٦٣٥٦٢٥٧‬‬ ‫‪٦٣٧٧٥٦٣‬‬ ‫‪Airy 1830‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪٦٣٥٦٧٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٣٧٨١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪WGS72‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪٦٣٥٦٧٥٢‬‬ ‫‪٦٣٧٨١٣٧‬‬ ‫‪WGS84‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺳﻧﺄﺧﺫ ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑ ﺩء ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﺩﺍﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺃﺣ ﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻣﺗ ﺎﺡ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻠﻣ ﺭﺕ ‪ .١٩٠٦‬ﺗ ﻡ ﺍﺗﺧ ﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻳ ﺎﺭ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻟﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺎ ﻟﻣﺻﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﺗ ﻡ ﺇﺟ ﺭﺍء ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌ ﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻟﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌ ﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﻭﻁﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺭﻱ ‪ Old Egyptian Datum ١٩٠٧‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ .OED1907‬ﺃﺣﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺽ ﺑ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻋ ﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ = ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻣﺎﺓ ‪ F1‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻫ ﺭﺍء ﺑﺟﺑ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁ ﻡ‪ .‬ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺽ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺿﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻠﻣﺭﺕ ‪ ١٩٠٦‬ﻳﻧﻁﺑﻖ ﻣ ﻊ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ )ﻫﺫﺍ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺣﻘﻳﻘﻰ ﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻓﺭﺽ ﺃﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻟﺗ ﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﺑ ﺩء ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻟ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻣﻌﻧ ﻲ ﺁﺧ ﺭ ﺃﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻗﻣﻧ ﺎ ﺑﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻠﻣ ﺭﺕ ‪ ١٩٠٦‬ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺃﻣﺗ ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻳﻧﻁﺑ ﻖ ﻣ ﻊ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳ ﺩ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﺩﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻟ ﻡ ﻳﻌ ﺩ ﻫﻠﻣ ﺭﺕ ‪ ١٩٠٦‬ﻫ ﻭ ﺫﻟ ﻙ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﺗ ﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺷ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺟﻣ ﻪ ﻭﻭﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻟﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺭﺏ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳ ﻝ ﺷ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻣﺎ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻳﻧﺎﺳ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻫﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻘﻭﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺃﻧﻣﺎ ﻧﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺛﻧﺎ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫‪ Horizontal Datum‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻣ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ( ﻓﺄﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻧﺣﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺁﺧ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ ﻫ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ‪ .Vertical Datum‬ﻭﻳﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻧﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗ ﻡ ﺇﻧ ﺷﺎء ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ‪ Tide Gauge‬ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻳﻧ ﺎء ﺍﻹﺳ ﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗ ﻡ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻣ ﺩﺓ ‪ ٨‬ﺳ ﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ١٨٩٨‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ١٩٠٦‬ﻭﺃﺧ ﺫ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ )ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻁﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ( ﺍﻋﺗﺑ ﺭﺕ ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﺻﻔﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳ ﺔ ﺗ ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ‪ Leveling‬ﻹﻧ ﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ – ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ -Bench Marks: BM‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻐﻁﻲ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺃﺭﺟﺎء ﻣ ﺻﺭ‪ .‬ﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻧﻘ ﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﻭﻁﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺭﻱ ‪ Vertical Egyptian Datum‬ﻫ ﻭ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪ MSL‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .١٩٠٦‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻳﺎﻕ ﺗﺟ ﺏ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻐﻳﺭﺕ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻪ ﻧﺗﻳﺟ ﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ )ﺑﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ١١.٦+‬ﺳﻡ ﻭﺑﻣﻌﺩﻝ ‪ ١.٧‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪/‬ﺳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ‪ Coordinates‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺗﻬﺎ ﻧﻌﺑﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﻣﻌ ﻳﻥ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺃﻧﻅﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺑﻌ ﺎ ﻻﺧ ﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﻛﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ( ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫‪Two-Dimensional‬‬ ‫‪(or‬‬ ‫)‪2D‬‬ ‫ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺳﻘﻁﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ .Coordinates‬ﻭﻳﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ – ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁ ﺔ ﻣ ﺛﻼ – ﻳﻠﺯﻣﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺗ ﻳﻥ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻬ ﺎ ﻭﻟ ﻳﻛﻥ ﻣ ﺛﻼ ﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ .‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻛ ﺳﻁﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ﻓﺄﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻧﺗﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻣ ﻊ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ‪Three-‬‬
‫‪ Dimensional (or 3D) Coordinates‬ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﻛﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺛﺎﻟ ﺙ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻧﺣﺗ ﺎﺝ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻉ ﻟﻛ ﻝ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪Spherical‬‬ ‫ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫‪Geodetic‬‬ ‫‪ Coordinates‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ Coordinates‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ‪ Geographic Coordinates‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .Ellipsoidal‬ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻌ ﺩ ‪One-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩﻳﺔ ‪Coordinates‬‬
‫‪ Dimensional (or 1D) Coordinates‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺑﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻓﻳﺯﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ Four-Dimensional (or 4D) Coordinates‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ "ﻥ"‬
‫ﻳﻌﺑ ﺭ ﻋ ﻥ ﺯﻣ ﻥ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻬ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻧ ﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺃﻧﻅﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﻗ ﺭﻭﻥ ﻣ ﺿﺕ ﺃﺑﺗﻛ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣ ﺎء ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳ ﻝ ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺭﺓ( ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﺗﺧﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺗﻠ ﻙ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻣ ﻲ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻣ ﺭ ﺑﻣﺭﻛ ﺯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑﻳﻥ ﻭﺳﻣﻳﺕ ﺑﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺗﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻧﻭﺑﻲ ﻭﺗﻣﺭ ﺑﺑﻠﺩﺓ ﺟﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ ﺑﺎﻧﺟﻠﺗﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﻗﺳﻣﺎ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺳ ﻡ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﻧ ﺻﻑ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ )ﻭﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺻﻁﻼﺣﻳﺔ( ﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻭﺗﻣ ﺭ ﺑﺄﺣ ﺩﻱ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻘ ﺳﻳﻡ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ ﻝ ﻧ ﺻﻑ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺧ ﻁ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ‪ .Longitude‬ﻭﻳﺗ ﺿﺢ ﻣ ﻥ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﻣﺗﺟﺎﻭﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ )ﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺑ ﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪ (o١‬ﻻﻥ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺑ ﻝ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﻗ ﺳﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗ ﻡ ﺗ ﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺧ ﻁ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺟ ﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺻ ﻔﺭ ﻭﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟ ﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻕ ‪ o١‬ﺷ ﺭﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻡ ‪ o٢‬ﺷ ﺭﻕ ‪ .... ،‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫‪ o١٨٠‬ﺷ ﺭﻕ ﻭﺑ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌ ﺔ ﻏ ﺭﺏ ﺟ ﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ o١‬ﻏ ﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫‪ o١٨٠‬ﻏﺭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺿﻠﻌﻳﻥ ﻳﻣﺭ ﺃﺣﺩﻫﻣﺎ ﺑﺧﻁ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺟ ﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ ﺑﺧ ﻁ ﻁ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ )ﺟ ﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ( ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﻗ ﺳﻣﺎ ﻣﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﺳ ﻡ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺻﻐﺭﻱ ﻭﻫﻣﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﺭﻯ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻣﺭ ﺑﻣﺭﻛ ﺯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﺗ ﻭﺍﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء ﻭﺗﻣ ﺭ ﻛ ﻝ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺄﺣ ﺩﻱ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻳﻡ ﺧ ﻁ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺟ ﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ‪ .‬ﻭﺑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﻣﺗﺟ ﺎﻭﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻘ ﺳﻳﻡ ﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ o١‬ﻻﻥ‬
‫‪ ١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻝ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﻗﺳﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﺩﻭﺍﺋ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ﻭﻣ ﻧﻬﻡ ‪٩٠‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء ﻭ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺟﻧﻭﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺻﻔﺭ ﻭﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ‪ o١‬ﺷ ﻣﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻡ ‪ o٢‬ﺷ ﻣﺎﻝ ‪،‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪ ....‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪ o٩٠‬ﺷ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭﺑ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌ ﺔ ﺟﻧ ﻭﺏ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء ﻣ ﻥ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺟﻧﻭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ o٩٠‬ﺟﻧﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ‪ Latitude‬ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺿﻠﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻳﻣ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء ﻭ ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﻳﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٥‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺓ‬

‫‪ ١-٦‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻫ ﻭ ﺃﺣ ﺩ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺯﻩ ﻫ ﻭ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺣﺎﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﺭﻛﺯﻱ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ‪Earth-‬‬
‫‪ Centered Earth-Fixed‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ .ECEF‬ﻣﺭﻛ ﺯ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﻳﻘ ﻊ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺯ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻧﻁﺑ ﻖ ﻣﺣ ﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ‪ z‬ﻣ ﻊ ﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﺟ ﻪ ﻣﺣ ﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪x‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺧﻁ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺟﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ‪ y‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ‪.x‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٦‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺑﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪:3D‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ‪ Longitude‬ﻭﻳﺭﻣ ﺯ ﻟ ﻪ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻳﻧ ﻲ ‪) ‬ﻳﻧﻁ ﻖ ﻻﻣ ﺩﺍ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺧ ﻁ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺟ ﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ )ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﺩﻭﻟﻳﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺻﻔﺭ( ﻭ ﺧﻁ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪ Latitude‬ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻳﻧﻲ ‪) ‬ﻳﻧﻁﻖ ﻓﺎﻱ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳ ﺻﻧﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء )ﻳﻼﺣ ﻅ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻣ ﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺓ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺓ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻋ ﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻭﻳﺭﻣ ﺯ ﻟ ﻪ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪ h‬ﻭﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩﻱ ‪Geodetic or Ellipsoidal Height‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٧‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻭﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻧﻅﻡ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺑﻳ ﺭ ﻋ ﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﺋ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻬﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻳﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ )ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻫﻭ‬
‫‪ (o‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺟ ﺯء ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻧﻬﻡ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ )ﺭﻣ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻫ ﻭ '( ﺛ ﻡ ﻻﺣﻘ ﺎ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺟﺯء ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﻧﻬﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ )ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻫﻭ "(‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ‬
‫"‪ 30o 45' 52.3‬ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻭ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ ‪ ٥٢.٣‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺭﻕ ﺧ ﻁ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺟ ﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ )ﻳﺭﻣ ﺯ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺈﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺣ ﺭﻑ ﻕ ﺃﻭ ‪(E‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻏﺭﺏ ﺟﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ )ﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣ ﺭﻑ ﻍ ﺃﻭ ‪ .(W‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﺔ ﻟ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ﻓﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء )ﻳﺭﻣ ﺯ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺈﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺣ ﺭﻑ ﺵ ﺃﻭ ‪ (N‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻧ ﻭﺏ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء )ﻳﺭﻣ ﺯ ﻟﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺭﻑ ﺝ ﺃﻭ ‪.(S‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳ ﺷﺑﻪ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻭﻳ ﺔ ‪ Spherical Coordinates‬ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺃﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺭﺓ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻳﺱ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻼﺣ ﻅ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ )ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ‪ (‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺓ ﻳﻣﺭ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯﻫﺎ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٨‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ ٣-٦‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺯﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻳﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻫﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔﻪ ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻻ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺗﻣﻳ ﺯ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻣﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ( ﻭ ﻟ ﻳﺱ ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳ ﺔ )ﺑﺎﻟ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ( ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺟﻌﻠ ﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻬﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﺑﺗﻛﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻧ ﺳﻲ ﺩﻳﻛ ﺎﺭﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻋ ﺷﺭ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺻ ﻝ ﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺯﻳ ﺔ ‪Cartesian Geodetic‬‬
‫‪ Coordinates‬ﻫ ﻲ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﺣ ﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ X‬ﻳﻧ ﺷﺄ ﻣ ﻥ ﺗﻘ ﺎﻁﻊ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﺟﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء ﻭﻣﺣﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ‪ Y‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ‪ X‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟ ﺙ )ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ( ‪ Z‬ﻫ ﻭ ﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﻣ ﺭ ﺑﻣﺭﻛ ﺯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻛ ﻼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺑﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‪.X, Y, Z :‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٩‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺯﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ ٤-٦‬ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﺣ ﺩﺛﻧﺎ ﻋﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻳﻌ ﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻧﻁﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻓﺗﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ‪ .‬ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺿ ﻲ ﺭﺑﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﺎﺳ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻣﻌﻅ ﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ – ﺑﻣ ﺎ ﻓﻳﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﻋﻠﻣ ﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺎ ﺃﺛﺑﺗ ﻭﺍ ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﺳ ﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻳ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻳﺱ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺎ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻣ ﻥ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ﻵﺧ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺃﺷ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻠﺔ )ﻟﻌﺑ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﻔ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻬﻳﺭﺓ!( ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺗﻌﺭﻳ ﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻵﺧﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﺳﻳﻁ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ )ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ( ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺟ ﺏ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺫﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺭﺻﺩ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻧ ﺎءﺍ ﻋﻠﻳ ﻪ ﻓﻘ ﺩ ﺗ ﻡ ﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻁ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ‪International Terrestrial Reference‬‬
‫‪ Frame‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ‪ ، ITRF‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﺣﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛ ﻝ ‪ ٣‬ﺳ ﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺣﻠﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺯﻋ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺃﻧﺣ ﺎء ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻅ ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ 4D‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ‪ ITRF‬ﻁﺑﻘ ﺎ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻟ ﺳﻧﺔ ‪ epoch‬ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﻧﺟ ﺩ‪ITRF1990 , ITRF1995, ITRF2000, and :‬‬

‫‪.ITRF2005‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٦‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ‬
‫)‪ (, , h‬ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺯﻳﺔ )‪:(X, Y, Z‬‬
‫‪X = (c + h) cos  cos ‬‬
‫‪Y = (c + h) cos  sin ‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪Z = [ h + c ( 1-e2) ] sin ‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ‪ c‬ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻭﺭ ‪ e ، radius of curvature‬ﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ‪first‬‬
‫‪ eccentricity‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻬﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪c = ----------------------‬‬ ‫)‪(3‬‬
‫) ‪ (1 – e2 sin2 ‬‬
‫‪e = [  (a2 - b2) ] / a‬‬ ‫)‪(4‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺯﻳ ﺔ )‪ (X, Y, Z‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ )‪ (, , h‬ﻓﺄﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﻳﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪tan  = Y / X‬‬
‫)‪Z /  (X2 + Y2‬‬
‫‪tan  = ---------------------------------‬‬ ‫)‪(5‬‬
‫) )‪1 – e2 (c / ( c + h‬‬
‫)‪ (X2+Y2‬‬
‫‪h = ----------------- - c‬‬
‫‪cos ‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻅ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ c‬ﻟﻛ ﻲ ﻧ ﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ‪ ‬ﻭ ‪، h‬‬
‫ﻟﻛﻥ ﻟﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ c‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ ٣‬ﻓﺄﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ ! ‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭﻳ ﺔ ‪ ، Iterative‬ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻧﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳ ﺔ ﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻧ ﺻﻑ ﻗﻁ ﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻛ ﻭﺭ ‪ c‬ﺛ ﻡ ﻧﺄﺧ ﺫ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ‪ c‬ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﻟﻧﺣ ﺳﺏ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺟﺩﻳ ﺩﺓ ‪‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١١٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﻟﻌ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺟ ﺩ ﻋ ﺩﻡ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺟ ﻭﻫﺭﻱ ‪ Significant‬ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺗ ﻳﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺗﺗﺎﻟﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫ﺇﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ‪ Map Projection‬ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻣﻛﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺟ ﺳﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ -‬ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ‪) -‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ( ﺇﻟﻲ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁ ﺔ‬
‫)ﺃﻱ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺷ ﺑﻛﻳﺔ ‪ .(Grid Coordinates‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻣﻌﻧ ﻲ ﺁﺧ ﺭ‪ :‬ﻫ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻗﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺎﺗﺞ ﻋ ﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٠‬ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺳﻡ ﻟ ﻸﺭﺽ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺷ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ )ﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ( ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻭﻟﻛ ﻥ ﺳ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﻣ ﺎ ﻧ ﺳﻣﻳﻪ " ﺍﻟﺗ ﺷﻭﻩ ‪ "Distortion‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪ .‬ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻬ ﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘ ﻲ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁ ﺔ)ﻣ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻣﺟﺗﻣﻌﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻛﺎﻝ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١١١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﺣ ﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ‪ Equidistance Projection‬ﻭﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺗﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﻌ ﺎ ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫‪) Conformal‬ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻗ ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺣ ﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺎﺛ ﻝ ‪Projection‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ( ﻭﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺛﺎﻟﺛ ﺔ ﺗﺣ ﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻗﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ‪.Equal-Area Projection‬‬

‫ﺗﻧﻘﺳﻡ ﻣﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻻﺳ ﻁﻭﺍﻧﻳﺔ ‪ :Cylindrical Projections‬ﺗﻧ ﺷﺄ ﻣ ﻥ ﺇﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺳ ﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻣ ﺱ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻁﻌﻬ ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻣ ﺱ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﺭﺿ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﻳ ﺔ ‪ :Conical Projection‬ﺗﻧ ﺷﺄ ﻣ ﻥ ﺇﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻁﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻣﺗﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫﻳ ﺔ ‪ :Azimuthal Projection:‬ﺗﻧ ﺷﺄ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻣ ﺱ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﺣ ﺩﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻁﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﻣﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻧﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﻳﺭﺓ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١١٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١١‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٢‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٣‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺗﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١١٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ‪:Mercator Projection‬‬

‫ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﺃﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﺣﻘﻖ ﺷﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺗﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻓ ﻲ ﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻣﺎﻣ ﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ‪ scale‬ﺻ ﺣﻳﺣﺎ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺗ ﻲ ﻋ ﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﻳﺗﻳﻥ‪ Standard Parallels‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء‪ .‬ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻳ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٤‬ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ‪:Transverse Mercator Projection‬‬

‫ﻳﻧ ﺗﺞ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ ﻣ ﻥ ﺇﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺳ ﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﺗﻣ ﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺧ ﻁ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ .Central Meridian‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻣﺗ ﺩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺷ ﻣﺎﻝ‪-‬ﺟﻧ ﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻣﺗﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺷﺭﻕ‪-‬ﻏﺭﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻭﻩ )ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ( ﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺗﻌﺩﻧﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻧﻠﺟﺄ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻓﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ ﺣﻳ ﺙ‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ – ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻕ – ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻘ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺷﻭﻩ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺃﻁ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳﻘ ﻊ ﺧ ﻁ ﻁﻭﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺯﻱ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺗﺻﻔﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺭﻳﻁﺎﻧﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪Universal‬‬ ‫‪Transverse‬‬ ‫‪Mercator‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛ ﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ‬
‫‪:Projection‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺩ ﺃﺷﻬﺭ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺭﻣ ﺯ ﻟ ﻪ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﺑ ﺄﺣﺭﻑ‬
‫‪ .UTM‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺃﻫﻣﻳﺗﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻳ ﺭﺓ ﺑ ﺳﺑﺏ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﺃﺣ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ‪.GPS‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١١٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ‪ UTM‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﻛﻠ ﻪ ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ‪ zones‬ﻛﻼ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻐﻁ ﻲ ‪ ٦‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ‪ UTM‬ﻟﻪ ﺧﻁ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺯﻱ ‪ Central Meridian‬ﻳﻘ ﻊ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻣﺗﺩ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ‪ UTM‬ﻣﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪ ٨٠‬ﺟﻧﻭﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪ ٨٤‬ﺷﻣﺎﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻲ ﺭﻗ ﻡ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺑ ﺩءﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ‪ o١٨٠‬ﻏ ﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺗﻣﺗ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟ ﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ o١٨٠‬ﻏ ﺭﺏ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪ o١٧٤‬ﻏ ﺭﺏ ﻭﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺧ ﻁ ﻁﻭﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ meridian central‬ﻋﻧﺩ ‪ o١٧٧‬ﻏﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺳﻡ ﻛﻝ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻁﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ‪ ٨‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺣﺭﻑ ﺧﺎﺹ – ﻛﺎﺳﻡ ‪ -‬ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻣ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻌ ﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺭﻭﻑ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺣ ﺭﻑ ‪ C‬ﺟﻧﻭﺑ ﺎ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺣ ﺭﻑ ‪ X‬ﺷ ﻣﺎﻻ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﺭﻓ ﻲ ‪ I‬ﻭ ‪) O‬ﻟﻘ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺑﻪ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﺟﻠﻳﺯﻳﺔ!(‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ‪ scale factor‬ﻣ ﺳﺎﻭﻳﺎ ‪ ٠.٩٩٩٦‬ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺯﻱ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻭﻩ ﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺩﻧﺎ ﻋ ﻥ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺯﻱ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺻﻲ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ‪ ١.٠٠٠٩٧‬ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻭﺍء ﺃﻭ ‪ ١.٠٠٠٢٩‬ﻋﻧ ﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ ‪ o٤٥‬ﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺭﻳﻁﺎﻧﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٥‬ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٦‬ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ UTM‬ﻣﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻝ )ﺻﻔﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺭ( ﻟﻠﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻱ ﻟﻠ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻣ ﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﻲ ‪ X‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﺩﻱ ‪ Y‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻌﻁﻲ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﻔ ﺔ ‪ False Easting‬ﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺻ ﻝ ﺑﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ‪٥٠٠،٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﺭ )ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ ٦‬ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻁﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﻔﺔ ‪ False Easting‬ﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء )ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ٧‬ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٧‬ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﻡ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ‪ UTM‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ )ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠ ﻑ ﺭﻗﻣ ﻲ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺃﺻ ﻝ ﻛ ﻝ ﺷ ﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺗﺄﺧ ﺫ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻳﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔ ﺭﻭﺽ ﻭﻫ ﻭ ‪٥٠٠،٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﺳﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ ‪ X‬ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ )ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ( ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﻳﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﺗﻛ ﺭﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١١٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ )ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ( ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ UTM‬ﻣﻥ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻟﻳ ﺳﺕ ﺑ ﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺂﻟ ﺔ ﺣﺎﺳ ﺑﺔ ﺑ ﻝ ﺗﺣﺗ ﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻟﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻣﺑﻳ ﻭﺗﺭ ﻹﺗﻣﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻘ ﺩﻡ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺷ ﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺷ ﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﺭﻧ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻘ ﺩﻡ ﺧ ﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻳ ﺔ ‪on-line‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻧﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪http://www.rcn.montana.edu/resources/tools/coordinates.aspx‬‬

‫‪http://gis.dep.wv.gov/convert/llutm_conus.php‬‬

‫‪http://www.geod.nrcan.gc.ca/tools-‬‬
‫‪outils/tools_info_e.php?apps=gsrug‬‬

‫‪http://home.hiwaay.net/~taylorc/toolbox/geography/geoutm.html‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١١٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٨‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ UTM‬ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ‬

‫) ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‪( http://www.uwgb.edu/dutchs/usefuldata/utmformulas.htm :‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٩‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪UTM‬‬

‫) ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‪( http://www.uwgb.edu/dutchs/usefuldata/utmformulas.htm :‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﺳﺎﻳﻧﺳﻭﻳﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ‪: Sinusoidal Equal-Area Projection‬‬

‫ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﺣ ﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺗﺗﻌﺎﻣ ﺩ ﺩﻭﺍﺋ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻱ ﻓﻘﻁ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻘﻭﺳ ﺔ ﺑﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺷﺑﻪ ﻣﻧﺣﻧ ﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻳ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ‪) sin curves‬ﻣ ﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎ ﺟ ﺎء ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﺑ ﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ ﻟﻠﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺗﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺟﺎﻩ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ‪-‬ﺟﻧﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٠‬ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﺳﺎﻳﻧﺳﻭﻳﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻻﻣﺑﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻣﺎﺛﻝ ‪:Lambert Conformal Conic Projection‬‬

‫ﻳ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺧ ﺭﻭﻁ )ﻭﻟ ﻳﺱ ﺍﻻﺳ ﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ( ﻭﻓﻳ ﻪ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﻣﺗﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﻳﺗﻳﻥ ‪ Standard Parallels‬ﻭﻳ ﺯﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻭﻩ ﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ ﺍﺑﺗﻌ ﺩﻧﺎ ﻋﻧﻬﻣ ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫ ﺎﺕ ﺻ ﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﻣﺣ ﺩﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺭﻳﻛﺎ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢١‬ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻻﻣﺑﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻣﺎﺛﻝ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪Lambert Azimuthal Equal-Area‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ ﻻﻣﺑ ﺭﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻣﺗﻲ ﻣﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ‬

‫‪:Projection‬‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ )ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁ( ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻳﻪ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛ ﺯﻱ ﺧﻁ ﺎ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺑ ﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٢‬ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻻﻣﺑﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺗﻲ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﺍﻻﺭﺛﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎﻣﺩ ‪:Orthographic Projection‬‬

‫ﻣ ﺳﻘﻁ ﺳ ﻣﺗﻲ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﻳ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻹﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ( ﻳ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻹﻅﻬ ﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﻅﻭﺭ ﻟﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻪ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺗﺷﻭﻩ ﻟﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺷ ﻛﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء ﻭﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٣‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎﻣﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺛﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻘﻁﺔ ‪ Projected Coordinates‬ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ 2D‬ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺷﺋﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳ ﻖ ﺍﺣ ﺩﻱ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺇﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻫ ﻲ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻲ ‪ Easting‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ E‬ﻭ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ‪ Northing‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪) N‬ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓ ﻲ ﻏﻠﻁ ﺔ ﻭ ﻳ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻣ ﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫‪ x, y‬ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﺗﻌﺎﺭﻓﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺷ ﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺯﻳﺔ ‪ .(X, Y, Z‬ﻭﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﺟ ﺩﺍ ﻓﺳﻧ ﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻫﻧﺎ ﻣﺛﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫)ﺃ( ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ ‪ETM‬‬

‫ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺭﻳﺔ ‪ Egyptian Transverse Mercator‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ETM‬ﻫﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺗﻘﻠﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺷﻭﻩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ ﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺭﺍﺋﺢ ‪ Zones‬ﻭﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﻋ ﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ‬
‫‪Geodetic‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺯﻣ ﺔ ‪ ٣) Belts‬ﺃﺣﺯﻣ ﺔ(‪ .‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺗ ﻡ ﺍﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ Datum‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺑ ﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻠﻣ ﺭﺕ ‪١٩٠٦‬‬
‫‪.Helmert 1906‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻗﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻟﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﺳﺔ )ﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ‪ (Projection Parameters‬ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺻ ﻝ ﻟﻺﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ‪ Origin‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﺣ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺗ ﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻱ ‪ Central Meridian‬ﻭﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ‪.Standard Parallel‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻟﺗﻔ ﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺳ ﺎﻟﺑﺔ )ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﻣ ﺳﺗﺣﺑﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ( ﻓﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻋﻁ ﺎء ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺗﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻝ ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺭ ﺷﺭﻗﺎ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺭ ﺷﻣﺎﻻ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻋﻧ ﺻﺭﻳﻥ ﺁﺧ ﺭﻳﻥ ﻫﻣ ﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋ ﻑ ‪False‬‬
‫‪ Easting‬ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﻑ ‪.False Northing‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻧ ﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺎﻣﺱ ‪ -‬ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﻌ ﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩﻩ ﻫ ﻭ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻣﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻘﻁﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬ ﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺗﺣﻭﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ( ﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﻭﺃﺻ ﺑﺣﺕ ﻣﺑﺭﻣﺟ ﻪ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﻛ ﻝ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺑ ﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳ ﺏ ﺍﻵﻟ ﻲ ‪ software‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻭ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻬ ﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﻫ ﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻌ ﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﻣ ﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻹﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﺑﻣ ﺎ ﻧﺟ ﺩ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻻ ﺗﺣﺗ ﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﻋ ﺩ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣ ﺩﺩﻧﺎ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﻋﻧﺎﺻ ﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻣ ﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻣﻌﻧ ﻲ ﺁﺧ ﺭ‪ :‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺟ ﺩ ﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻣﺑﻳ ﻭﺗﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺣﺗ ﻭﻱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻱ ﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﻧ ﺎ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺟﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻ ﺭ ﺍﻹﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ﻷﻱ ﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻧﺑﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻻﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺋﻭﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻭﻟﻸﺳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟ ﺕ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺗﻌﺗﺑ ﺭ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﻋﻧﺎﺻ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺳ ﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺟ ﻭﺯ ﻧ ﺷﺭﻫﺎ!‪ .‬ﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺑ ﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪ software‬ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Old Egyptian Datum 1907‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ‬
‫‪ .OED 1907‬ﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺑﻘﻳﻡ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺧﺹ ﻣ ﺻﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻ ﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﻝ ﺣﺯﺍﻡ )ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ( ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﺣﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ‪:Red Belt‬‬

‫ﻳﻐﻁﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻁﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٩‬ﺷﺭﻗﺎ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺧﻁ‬
‫ﻁﻭﻝ ‪ ٣٣‬ﺷﺭﻗﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ ETM‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﺍﻡ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪False Easting = 615 000 m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺽ‬
‫‪False Northing = 810 000 m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺽ‬
‫"‪Latitude = 30o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫"‪Longitude = 31o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ‬
‫‪Scale on central Meridian = 1.00‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ‬
‫"‪Zone width = 4o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻟﺣﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ‪:Blue Belt‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﻁﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻁﻭﻝ ‪ ٣٣‬ﺷﺭﻗﺎ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺧﻁ‬
‫ﻁﻭﻝ ‪ ٣٧‬ﺷﺭﻗﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ ETM‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﺍﻡ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪False Easting = 300 000 m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺽ‬
‫‪False Northing = 110 000 m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺽ‬
‫"‪Latitude = 30o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫"‪Longitude = 35o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ‬

‫‪Scale on central Meridian = 1.00‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ‬
‫"‪Zone width = 4o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻟﺣﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻔﺳﺟﻲ ‪:Purple Belt‬‬

‫ﻳﻐﻁﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻁﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺷﺭﻗﺎ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺧﻁ‬
‫ﻁﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٩‬ﺷﺭﻗﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ ETM‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﺍﻡ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪False Easting = 700 000 m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺽ‬
‫‪False Northing = 200 000 m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺽ‬
‫"‪Latitude = 30o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫"‪Longitude = 27o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ‬
‫‪Scale on central Meridian = 1.00‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ‬
‫"‪Zone width = 4o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٤‬ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻱ ‪ETM‬‬

‫ﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺷ ﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﻌ ﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻣﺗ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﻣ ﺭ‬
‫‪ Extended Red Belt‬ﺗﻐﻁ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﺟﻧ ﻭﺏ ﻣﺩﻳﻧ ﺔ ﺃﺳ ﻭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﺗ ﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺽ )‪ ٨١٠‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ( ﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ﺳﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺷ ﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻧﻭﺑﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ )ﺃﻋﺗﻘﺩ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻟ ﻡ ﻳﻛ ﻥ ﻣﺗﺧ ﻳﻼ ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﻣﺎﺋ ﺔ ﻋ ﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗ ﺗﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻟﻬ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﺃﻗ ﺻﻲ ﺟﻧ ﻭﺏ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺗ ﻡ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ ٨١٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻭ ﻫ ﻲ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﺳ ﻭﺍﻥ!(‪ .‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٨١٠،٠٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ١,٠٠٠،٠٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬

‫)ﺏ( ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭﺓ ‪MTM‬‬

‫ﻧﻅﺭﺍ ﻻﻧﺗﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ‪ GPS‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﻓﻘ ﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻧ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺋ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺃﻋ ﻭﺍﻡ ﻋ ﻥ ﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺟﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻟﻺﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺭﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ‪ :‬ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛ ﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺩﻝ ‪Modified‬‬
‫‪ Transverse Macerator‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ‪) MTM‬ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﻁﺑﻖ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء‬
‫ﻣ ﻥ ﻛﻧ ﺩﺍ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ(‪ .‬ﻟ ﻡ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣ ﻭﻝ ﻟﻬ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺭﺳ ﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺑﻌ ﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳ ﺩﺓ ﻗ ﺩ ﺗ ﻡ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭﻫ ﺎ ﺍﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻳ ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ‪ MTM‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ‪ WGS84‬ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﻳﺑﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﻠﻣﺭﺕ ‪ ١٩٠٦‬ﻛﺎﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺳ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ‪ MTM‬ﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺎ ﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺇﺳ ﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧ ﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺭﻳﻛﺎﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﻣﺻﺭ ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ٥‬ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ )ﻭﻟ ﻳﺱ ‪ ٣‬ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ(‬
‫ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻭﻩ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻣﺷﺗﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪False Easting = 300 000 m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺽ‬
‫‪False Northing = 0 m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺽ‬
‫"‪Latitude = 0o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫‪Scale on central Meridian = 0.9999‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ‬
‫"‪Zone width = 3o 0' 0‬‬ ‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻵﺧﺭﻱ ﻫﻲ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫"‪Longitude = 25o 30' 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪١‬‬
‫"‪Longitude = 28o 30' 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫"‪Longitude = 31o 30' 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫"‪Longitude = 34o 30' 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫"‪Longitude = 37o 30' 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٥‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻧ ﺎﻭﻝ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣ ﻖ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌ ﺔ ﺳ ﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻟ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺑ ﺎﺩﺉ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺳ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ )ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎﺕ( ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺋ ﻭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١-٢‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻲ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﻗ ﺳﻣﺎ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯء ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ) ‪ ، ( o‬ﺛﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺟ ﺯءﺍ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺭﻣ ﺯ ﻟ ﻪ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ) ' ( ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺟ ﺯءﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﻧﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ) " (‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫'‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫= ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫"‬ ‫'‬
‫= ‪ ٦٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫"‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫= ‪ ٣٦٠٠ = ٦٠ × ٦٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻛﺗ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ‪ o١٢٧ '٥٢ "٤٥ :‬ﺃﻱ‪ ١٢٧ :‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﻭ ‪ ٥٢‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻭ ‪٤٥‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫= ‪١٢٧ '٥٢.٧٥‬‬ ‫‪١٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪'٥٢ + ( ٦٠ ÷ "٤٥ ) = o١٢٧ '٥٢ "٤٥‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫= ‪١٢٧.٨٧٩١٦٧‬‬ ‫‪١٢٧‬‬ ‫= ) ‪+ '( ٦٠ ÷ '٥٢.٧٥‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫= ) ‪١٢٧.٨٧٩١٦٧ = o١٢٧ + (٦٠ ÷ '٥٢) + (٦٠ ÷ "٤٥‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻱ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻱ )ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺟﺭﺍﺩ( ﺗﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ٤٠٠‬ﻗﺳﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﻳﺭﻣ ﺯ ﻟ ﻪ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ) ‪ ، ( g‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﺟﺯءﺍ ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﻧﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ) ‪ ، ( c‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﻘ ﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺟﺯءﺍ ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﻧﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ) ‪.( cc‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻱ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ١٠٠ = g‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪CC‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ١٠٠ = C‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪CC‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ١٠٠٠٠ = ١٠٠ × ١٠٠ = g‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ g٣٧٢ C٦٢‬ﺃﻱ‪ ٣٧٢ :‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﻭ ‪ ٦٢‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻭ ‪٨٥‬‬ ‫‪CC‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪٨٥ :‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪٣٧٢ C٦٢‬‬ ‫‪CC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪٨٥‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫= ‪٣٧٢ C ٦٢.٨٥‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬
‫‪٣٧٢‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫= ) ‪٦٢ + ( ١٠٠ ÷ CC ٨٥‬‬
‫‪g‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬
‫= ‪٣٧٢.٦٢٨٥‬‬ ‫= ) ‪٣٧٢ + C( ١٠٠ ÷ C ٦٢.٨٥‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫= ) ‪٣٧٢.٦٢٨٥ = g ٣٧٢ + (١٠٠ ÷ C٦٢) + (١٠٠ ÷ CC٨٥‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٣-٢‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻌ ﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘ ﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻷﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻭﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﻘﺎﺑ ﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﻣﺭﻛﺯﻫ ﺎ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ( ﻭﻧ ﺻﻑ ﻗﻁ ﺭ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﻘ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺳﻣﻲ "ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ" ‪ -‬ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪ - r‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ = ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻁ = ‪ ٦.٢٨٣١٨٥٣٠٧ = ٧ ÷ ٢٢ × ٢‬ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫= ‪٥٧ '١٧ "٤٤.٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ = ‪٥٧.٢٩٥٧٧٩٥‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫= ‪٦٣.٦٦١٩٩٧٢‬‬ ‫= ‪"٢٠٦٢٦٥‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬

‫‪ ٤-٢‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻅﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬

‫)ﺃ( ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٤٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٣٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ = ‪ ٤٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫= ‪١.١١١١١١‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫= ‪٠.٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﺏ( ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٢‬ﻁ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٣٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ = ‪ ٢‬ﻁ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫= ﻁ ÷ ‪١٨٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫= ‪ ÷ ١٨٠‬ﻁ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫)ﺝ( ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٤٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٢‬ﻁ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٤٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ = ‪ ٢‬ﻁ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫= ﻁ ÷ ‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫= ‪ ÷ ٢٠٠‬ﻁ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ‬

‫)‪(١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ = ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ = ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ × ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ = ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ × ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ = ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ × ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﻥ = ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ × ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ = ﻧﺻﻑ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺿﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺷﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺣﺭﻑ = ﻧﺻﻑ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺗﻳﻥ × ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ = ﻧﺻﻑ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺿﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭﻳﻥ × ﺟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫)‪(٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ = ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ × ﻁ = ﻁ )ﻧﻖ(‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻁ = ‪ ، ٧/٢٢‬ﻧﻖ = ﻧﺻﻑ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺓ = ‪ ٤‬ﻁ )ﻧﻖ(‪(١-٢) ٢‬‬
‫)‪(٨‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺿﺎﻭﻱ = ﻁ × ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ × ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺭ‬
‫)‪(٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ = ‪ × ٠.٥‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ × ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ = ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ] ﺱ × )ﺱ‪-‬ﺃ( ×‬
‫)‪(١٠‬‬ ‫)ﺱ‪-‬ﺏ( × )ﺱ‪-‬ﺝ( [‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪ ،‬ﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺝ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺃﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺛﻠﺙ‬
‫ﺱ = ﻧﺻﻑ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ = ) ﺃ ‪ +‬ﺏ ‪ +‬ﺝ ( ÷ ‪٢‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٣١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٤‬ﺍﻷﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﻗﺎﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﻗﺎﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺛﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١١‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎ ﺃﻭ ‪ sin‬ﻷﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ = ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ‪ /‬ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫)‪(١٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺗﺎ ﺃﻭ ‪ cos‬ﻷﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ = ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻭﺭ ‪ /‬ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫)‪(١٣‬‬ ‫ﻅﺎ ﺃﻭ ‪ tan‬ﻷﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ = ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ‪ /‬ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﺄﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪Sin C = c / b ,‬‬ ‫‪cos C = a / b ,‬‬ ‫‪tan C = c / a‬‬ ‫)‪(14‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻳﺛﺎﻏﻭﺭﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺗﺭ = ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ‪ +‬ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪b 2 = a2 + c2‬‬ ‫)‪(15‬‬
‫‪So:‬‬
‫)‪b =  (a2 + c2‬‬
‫)‪a =  (b2 - c2‬‬
‫)‪c =  (b2 + a2‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﺟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻷﻱ ﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺳﻭﺍء ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻓﺄﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ /‬ﺟ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠ ﺔ ﻟ ﻪ = ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ ‪ /‬ﺟ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠ ﺔ ﻟ ﻪ =‬
‫ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪a / sin A = b / sin B‬‬ ‫‪= c / sin C‬‬ ‫)‪(16‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ )ﺃﻱ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻪ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻣﻧﺎ ﻣﻧﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻭ ﺿﻠﻊ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٦‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪B = 180 o – (32 o + 48 o) = 100 o‬‬
‫‪120 / sin 100 o = a / sin 32 o =c / sin 48 o‬‬
‫‪a = 120 x sin 32 o / sin 100o = 64.57 m‬‬
‫‪c = 120 x sin 48 o / sin 100o = 90.55 m‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﺟﻳﺏ ﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺳﻭﺍء ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻓﺄﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻠﻊ = ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺭﺑﻌ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻠﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭﻳﻥ ﻧ ﺎﻗﺹ ﺿ ﻌﻑ ﺣﺎﺻ ﻝ ﺿ ﺭﺑﻬﻣﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻳﺏ ﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٧‬ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪a2 = b2 + c2 – 2 b c cos A‬‬ ‫)‪(17‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٣٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ٢ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ‬
______________________________________________________________

b2 = a2 + c2 – 2 a c cos B (18)
c2 = a2 + b2 – 2 a b cos C (19)
.‫ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ )ﺃﻱ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻪ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻣﻧﺎ ﻣﻧﻪ ﺿﻠﻌﻳﻥ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬

:‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﻳﻪ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‬

sec = 1 / cos (20)
‫ = ﻗﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬sec :‫ﺣﻳﺙ‬
csc = 1 / sin (21)
‫ = ﻗﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬csc :‫ﺣﻳﺙ‬
cot = 1 / tan (22)
‫ = ﻅﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬cot :‫ﺣﻳﺙ‬
sin2 + cos2 = 1 (23)
tan2 + 1 = sec2 (24)
cot2 + 1 = csc2 (25)
sin ( A + B ) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B (26)
cos ( A + B ) = cos A cos B - sin A sin B (27)
tan (A+B) = (tan A + tan B) / ( 1 – tan A tan B) (28)
sin 2A = 2 sin A cos A (29)
cos 2A = cos2 A – sin2 A = 1 – 2 sin2 A = (2 cos2 A) – 1 (30)
tan 2A = ( 2 tan A ) / ( 2 cot A) (31)
sin ( A - B ) = sin A cos B - cos A sin B (32)
cos ( A - B ) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B (33)
tan (A+B) = (tan A - tan B) / ( 1 + tan A tan B) (34)
sin (A/2) = ±  [ (1 – cos A) / 2 ] (35)
cos (A/2) = ±  [ (1 + cos A) / 2 ] (36)
tan (A/2) = ±  [ (1 – cos A) / ( 1+cos A) ] (37)

______________________________________________________________
‫ ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬.‫ﺩ‬ ١٣٤ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬/‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺃﺗﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻧﺫ ﻣﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ‬
‫‪ Reference Direction‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﻭﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١-٤‬ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ ‪Magnetic Meridian‬‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻩ ﺃﺑ ﺭﻩ ﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﻟﻳ ﺳﺕ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ ﻣﺣﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﺭﻛ ﺕ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺑ ﺭﺓ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﻓﺄﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺳ ﺗﺗﺟﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳ ﻪ ﺃﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫ ﺫﻩ ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺑﻧﻳ ﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺻ ﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﺃﻫ ﻡ ﻣ ﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ )ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ( ﺑﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻵﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ ‪Geographic or True Meridian‬‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻ ﻝ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻭﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻧ ﻭﺑﻲ ﻟ ﻸﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻛﻳ ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻭﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٨‬ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٣-٤‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻼﻑ ‪Declination Angle‬‬
‫ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﺃﺳﻡ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ ﺷ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧ ﺗﻼﻑ ﻣﻭﺟﺑ ﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻲ ﻏ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺳﺎﻟﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ = ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ ‪ ±‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ +‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺷﺭﻗﺎ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻏﺭﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺧ ﺗﻼﻑ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻ ﺻﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺷ ﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻛﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓ ﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ ‪ NOAA‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/geomagmodels/Declination.jsp‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٤‬ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻭﺽ ‪Arbitrary or Assumed Meridian‬‬

‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻋ ﺩﻡ ﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﻷﻳ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓ ﻲ ﻓﺄﻧ ﻪ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑ ﺎﻓﺗﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺷ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻟﻛ ﻲ ﻳﺑ ﺩﺃ ﻣﻧ ﻪ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ )ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺃﺣ ﺩ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ( ﻛﺎﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ﻣﻔ ﺭﻭﺽ ﻟﻬ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺣﻘ ﺎ ﻗ ﺩ ﻳ ﺗﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘ ﻲ ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻳﻧﺳﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻣ ﺻﻁﻠﺢ "ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ" ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻳﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻣ ﺻﻁﻠﺢ‬
‫"ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ‪ "Bearing or Azimuth‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺑ ﺩءﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧ ﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻓ ﺎﻥ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ )ﻟﺑ ﺩء ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ( ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻲ ﻓﻧﺣ ﺻﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ )ﻟﺑ ﺩء ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ( ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٩‬ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ‬

‫ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻧ ﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻓ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٣٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ١-٥‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ‪Azimuth‬‬

‫ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ )‪ (١‬ﺑ ﺩءﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ )‪ (٢‬ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺭ ﻭ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٠‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ‬

‫‪ ٢-٥‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭ ‪Bearing‬‬
‫ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ )‪ (١‬ﺑ ﺩءﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻣﺎﻝ )‪ (٢‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺟﻧ ﻭﺏ )‪ (٣‬ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ )‪ (٤‬ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺩ ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻳﻣﺗ ﻪ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻔﺭ ﻭ‬
‫‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻛﺭ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١١‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭ‬

‫‪ ٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭ‬
‫ﻁﺑﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻠﺭﺑ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺑ ﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗ ﺻﺭ ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻧﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ )ﺩ( ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭ )ﺥ( ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫)‪(٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺩ=ﺥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪(٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺩ = ‪ – o١٨٠‬ﺥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫)‪(٤١‬‬ ‫ﺩ = ‪ + o١٨٠‬ﺥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫)‪(٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺩ = ‪ – o٣٦٠‬ﺥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٣٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٢‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭ‬

‫‪ ٤-٥‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﺧﻁ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺧ ﻁ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻟ ﻪ ﺍﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻓﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻘ ﺎﺱ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺑﺩﺍﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺧ ﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔ ﻲ ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻘ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٣‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫)‪(٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ = ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ‪١٨٠ ±‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪ +‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪١٨٠‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪١٨٠‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻧﻘ ﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻧ ﺩ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻳﻘﻌﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ )ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ( ﻓﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﺣﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﺎﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻁﺑ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻫ ﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ )ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣ ﺎ(‬
‫ﻓﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﻣﻊ ﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﻗﺎﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﺑﻌﺩﺓ ﻁﺭﻕ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٤‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ = ٢‬ﻑ‪ + ٢‬ﻉ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٤٤‬‬ ‫ﻑ = ‪ ) ‬ﻡ‪ - ٢‬ﻉ ‪( ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ )ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﻗﻳﻌﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ( ﺑﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ( ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ )ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺗﺎ )ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ( = ﻑ ‪ /‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻑ = ﻡ × ﺟﺗﺎ )ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﻭﺑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ )ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﻗﻳﻌﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ( ﺑﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ( ﻭﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬
‫ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ( ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻣﻬﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﻐ ﺕ ﺩﻗ ﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻥ ﺗﻌﻁﻲ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻁﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻝ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻣﻬﻣﺎ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺻ ﻐﻳﺭﺍ ﺟ ﺩﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﺻﺩ ﺫﻭ ﺧﺑﺭﺓ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ﺩﻗﻳ ﻖ ﺑﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣ ﺎ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻠ ﻥ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻡ ﺑﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ –‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﻛﻥ – ﺃﻭ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻟﻠﺻﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻛﻣﻳﺔ )ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ‪...‬ﺍﻟﺦ( ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٧‬ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬

‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ( ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﺻﻌﺏ – ﺇﻥ ﻟ ﻡ ﻳﻛ ﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺣﻳﻝ – ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻧﺳﺗﻌﻳﺽ ﻋﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃ( ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﺇﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻳﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠ ﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺩﺍﺋﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺭﺗﻪ ﻛﻝ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺇﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺧﻁﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ )ﻣﺛ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻣﺗﻳﺎﻣﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺗﻳﺎﺳﺭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ( ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛﻼ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻩ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﺏ( ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺗﺭﺟ ﻊ ﻟﻠﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﺫﺍﺗ ﻪ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻋ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻋﺗﻧﺎﺋ ﻪ ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺳ ﻠﻳﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠ ﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺑﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺝ( ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺃﺳﺑﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻅ ﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳ ﺔ ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻛﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻧﻘﺳﻡ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﻳﻡ ‪:Mistake or Blunder or Gross Error‬‬

‫ﻫﻭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﺗﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺟﺎﻧﺳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻧ ﺗﺞ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻫﻣﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻣﺛﻼ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻣ ﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﺗﻛﺗ ﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ١٥٣‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ‪ ١٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ "ﺃ" ﻭﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ "ﺏ"‪ .‬ﻓ ﺈﺫﺍ ﺗ ﻡ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻣ ﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ‪،٥٦.٣٨ ،٥٦.٣٢ :‬‬
‫‪ ٥٦.٣٩ ،٥٦.٣٥ ،٥٧.٣٨ ،٥٦.٤٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ ٥٧.٣٨‬ﺗﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻁﺄ ﺟﺳﻳﻡ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻣﺗﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﺑﻌ ﺿﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﻧﻬﻡ ﺑﻣﺗﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻛﺗ ﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﻠ ﻁ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺭﺹ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘ ﻖ ﻣ ﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﺧﻁ ﻭﺓ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺛ ﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺟﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻠ ﻁ ﻫ ﻭ ﺃﺧﻁ ﺭ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﻭﺃﺷ ﺩﻫﺎ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺩﻗ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﻣﻲ ‪:Accumulative Error‬‬
‫ﻫ ﻭ ﺧﻁ ﺄ ﺻ ﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻧ ﺳﺑﻳﺎ )ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺗ ﻪ ﺑﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠ ﻁ( ﻳﺗﻛ ﺭﺭ ﺑ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻘ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻅ ﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻭﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﻅﻡ ﺧﻁﺎ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻣ ﻲ ﺑﻣﻌﻧ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺗ ﻪ ﺗﺯﻳ ﺩ ﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻛ ﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻣ ﺛﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺭﻳﻁ ﻁﻭﻟ ﻪ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﻭﺃﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺑﻠ ﻎ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺧﻁﺎ ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻡ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻪ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﺳ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻝ ﻁﺭﺣ ﺔ )ﺭﺻ ﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺟ ﺯء ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛ ﻝ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﻪ( ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺗﻅﻡ ﺳ ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ × ‪٥‬‬
‫ﻣ ﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ = ‪ ٥٠‬ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠ ﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺗﻅﻡ ﺇﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟ ﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺧﻁ ﺔ ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺫﺍﺗﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﻅﻡ ‪:Systematic Error‬‬
‫ﻳ ﺷﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺗﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﻣ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﺗ ﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻗ ﺩ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻣﻳ ﺎ ﺑ ﻧﻔﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻗ ﺩ ﻳﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﻳﻣﺗ ﻪ ﻭ ﺇﺷ ﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻭﺍﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻘ ﺱ )ﺍﻟﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑ ﺔ( ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻭﺍء ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ EDM‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺗﻅﻡ ﺑﻧ ﺎءﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠ ﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺇﺟ ﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣ ﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﻁﺔ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﺳﺏ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠ ﺏ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣ ﺔ ﻭ ﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﻬﺎ )ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﻣﻳ ﺔ( ﻗﺑ ﻝ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻓ ﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ ‪:Random or Accidental Error‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑ ﺅ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﺻﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺄﺳ ﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﻭﺍﺋﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣﻬﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻐﺭﺕ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻁﺭﻕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣ ﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫ ﺫﺍ ﻫ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺿ ﻭﻉ ﻧﻅﺭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ‪ Theory of Errors‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ‪.Adjustment‬‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺇﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬

‫)ﺃ( ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ‪ Accuracy‬ﻭﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ ‪:Precision‬‬

‫ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻬ ﻭﻣﻳﻥ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ – ﻟﻸﺳ ﻑ – ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻛﺗ ﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺗﺗ ﺭﺟﻡ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻣﺗ ﻳﻥ ﺇﻟ ﻲ "ﺩﻗ ﺔ" ﻣ ﻊ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺍﺧ ﺗﻼﻑ ﺟ ﺫﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ )ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻳﺳﻣﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻳ ﺔ( ‪ Precision‬ﺗ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻘ ﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻟ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻬ ﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺣﺔ ﻫ ﻲ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓ ﻖ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻋ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫ ﻲ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺗﻧﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟ ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﻫ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ‪ Accuracy‬ﺗ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺩﻱ ﻗ ﺭﺏ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻣﻌﻧ ﻲ ﺁﺧ ﺭ ﻓﺎﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻫ ﻲ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣ ﺎﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻭﺧﻠﻭﻫ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺑﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻧﺄﺧﺫ ﻣﺛﺎﻻ‪ :‬ﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺗ ﺎﺋﺞ ‪،٨.٢٠ ، ٨.٢٦ ، ٨.٢٤‬‬
‫‪ ٨.٢٢‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻣﺗﻘﺎﺭﺑ ﺔ ﺟ ﺩﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺟﻌﻠﻧ ﺎ ﻧﻘ ﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ "ﺻ ﺣﺔ" ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﻣ ﺎﺫﺍ ﻟ ﻭ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺑ ﻪ ﺧﻁ ﺄ ﻣﻧ ﺗﻅﻡ ﻗﻳﻣﺗ ﻪ ‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺛﻼ‪ ،‬ﻫﻧﺎ ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ‬
‫"ﺩﻗﺔ" ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺣﺔ‪) :‬ﺃ( ﻓ ﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺟﺩﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗ ﺕ ﺑﻌﻳ ﺩﺓ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻓﻬﻧ ﺎ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪) ،‬ﺏ( ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺑﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻋ ﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ‪،‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫)ﺝ( ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺑﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻬﻧ ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ‪) ،‬ﺩ( ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻘﺎﺭﺑ ﺔ ﺟ ﺩﺍ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻓﻬﻧ ﺎ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺣﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٥‬ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ‬

‫ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻌﺏ ﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﻗﺭﺑﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣ ﺛﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﻣﻧ ﺎ ﺑﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ – ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﻏﻼﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻣﻳ ﺔ‬
‫– ﺛﻡ ﻗﻣﻧﺎ ﺑﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻓﺄﻧ ﻪ ﺳ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺭﺏ ﻭﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣ ﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻲ ﻧﺣ ﺩﺩ ﻣﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣ ﺎﻻ )ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ( ﺑﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﻬﺎ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺃﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻣ ﺛﻼ ﻧﻘ ﺎﺭﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻣ ﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻣ ﻊ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ‪ ،GPS‬ﻭﻧﻘ ﺎﺭﻥ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ GPS‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﻘﺩﻣﺎ ﻭﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ‪Accurate .VBLI‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺗﻳﻥ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ‪:Direct Observations‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﺎ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻣ ﺛﻼ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺓ ﻭﻛ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟ ﺦ‪ .‬ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ Independent Observations‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ‪:Indirect Observations‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﻭﻋ ﺭﺽ ﻣﺭﺑ ﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻬ ﺩﻑ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺗﺭﺍﻓ ﺭﺱ ﻓﻧﻘ ﻳﺱ ﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﻭ ﺃﺿ ﻼﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻓﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻫﻧﺎ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ Dependant Observations‬ﻷﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ ‪:Most-Probable Value‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻌﺏ – ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛ ﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺣﻳﻝ – ﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻛﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻟﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺃﺧﻁ ﺎء ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻣﻬﻣ ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺻ ﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺟ ﺩﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻭﻗﻣﻧ ﺎ ﺑﺗﻛ ﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻣ ﺭﺍﺕ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﻲ ﺳ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣ ﺎﻻ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺗﻭﻗﻌ ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ ﻗﺭﺑ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٤٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ = ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ‪ /‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ‬

‫)‪(46‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ yi‬ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ‪y1, y2, y3, ….. yn‬‬
‫‪ n‬ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ‪:True Error‬‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻓﻔ ﻲ ﻣﻌﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﻳ ﺎﻥ ﻓ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺗ ﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘ ﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻣﻭﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻭﺍﻋ ﺩ ﻫﻧﺩﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﻓﻣ ﺛﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻟﻣﺛﻠ ﺙ ﻓﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺟﻣ ﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻫﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻁﺭﺡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪.١٨٠‬‬
‫)‪(٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ = ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ – ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬

‫)‪(47‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ µ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ ‪:Residuals or Discrepancies‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘ ﻲ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺎﻗﻲ( ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻ ﻭﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺳﺗﻌﻳﺽ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٤٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ = ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ – ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫)‪(48‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ‪:Variance‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑ ﺎﻳﻥ ﻫ ﻭ ﻣﺅﺷ ﺭ ﺇﺣ ﺻﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺣ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﺩﻱ ﺗﺑ ﺎﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺗ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗ ﺷﺗﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺣ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣ ﺎﻻ ﻟﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻧ ﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺗﻣﻊ ‪:Population Variance‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺗﻣﻊ ﻳ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺟﻣ ﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺳﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(49‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺭﺻ ﺩﺓ )ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺫﻛﺭﻧ ﺎ ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﻣﻌﻠ ﻭﻡ ﺑ ﺳﺑﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺎ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﺔ ‪:Sample Variance‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻋﻳﻧ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺗﺑ ﺎﻳﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧ ﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺟﻣ ﻭﻉ ﻣﺭﺑﻌ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳ ﺔ )ﻭﻟﻳ ﺳﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ( ﻣﻘ ﺳﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﻗﺹ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫)‪(50‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪ v :‬ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺭﺻﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻧﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺗﻣﻊ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺗﻣﻊ ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﻗ ﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ (٤٧‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻻ ﻧ ﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻛ ﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ‪:Standard Error‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺗﻣﻊ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(51‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ‪:Standard Deviation‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺑﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ )ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺃﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻳﻌ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ‪Mean‬‬
‫‪ (Square Error‬ﻋﻥ ﻣﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ )ﺍﺑﺗﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﺏ( ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻳﻣﺗﻪ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﺔ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(52‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺃﻫﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺍﺣﺗﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺑﻧ ﺳﺑﺔ ‪ %٦٨‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺳ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺩﻱ ﻳﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑ ﻳﻥ )ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ‪ +‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ( ﻭ )ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ(‪ .‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻳ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ٥٣.٢١‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ٠.٠٣ ±‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺳ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﺣﺗﻣ ﺎﻝ ‪ %٦٨‬ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ٠.٠٣+٥٣.٢١‬ﻭ ‪ ٠.٠٣-٥٣.٢١‬ﺃﻱ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ٥٣.٢٤‬ﻭ ‪٥٣.١٩‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﻣﻌﻧﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ‪ %٦٨‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻳﺣﺗﻣﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺧﻁ ﺄ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻪ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻭﺍء ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﺟﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺻﻐﺭﺕ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ ﺻ ﻐﺭﺕ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺋ ﺔ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺃﻗ ﺭﺏ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻛ ﺱ ﺻ ﺣﻳﺢ ﻓﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ ﻛﺑ ﺭﺕ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺋ ﺔ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻌﻁ ﻲ ﺍﻧﻁﺑﺎﻋ ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺑﻌﻳ ﺩﺓ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٦‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻣ ﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻗﺗ ﺭﺍﺏ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻫ ﺫﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻫ ﻡ ﻣﺑ ﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺑ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺣﻳ ﺙ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﺿﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻛﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﻘﻳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ‪:Standard Deviation of the Mean‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﻗﺳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﻳﻧ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(53‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺑ ﺭ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ ﻋ ﻥ ﻣ ﺩﻱ ﺗ ﺷﺗﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺑﺎﻋ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻬ ﻲ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻣﻌﺑ ﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻥ ﻣ ﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓ ﻖ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺅﺧ ﺫ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻣﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺅﺷ ﺭ ﻟﻠ ﺻﺣﺔ ‪ .Precision‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺑ ﺭ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣ ﺎﻻ ﺑﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﺇﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺑﻘﻳﻣﺗ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻧﻘﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ – ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ – ﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪٠.٠٣ ± ٥٣.٢١‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑ ﺎﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳ ﻑ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺣﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻧ ﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﺅﺷ ﺭ ﻟﻠ ﺻﺣﺔ ‪ (Precision‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧ ﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺑ ﺭ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ‪ Precision‬ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻠﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺑﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻏ ﻼﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻔ ﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻠﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓ ﺔ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻟ ﻥ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺷﻭﺍﺋﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺳ ﺗﻘﺗﺭﺏ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻭﻕ ﻣ ﻥ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳ ﺗﻘﺗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣ ﺎﻻ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻛﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺗﻘﺗﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﻌﺑ ﺭ ‪-‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ‪ -‬ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﻧﺎ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺣ ﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺣﻘﻳ ﻖ ﺃﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺃﺳ ﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺗﺧ ﺎﺫ ﻛﺎﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ ﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻁﺑﻳ ﻖ ﻣﻭﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻭﺯﻳ ﺎﺩﺓ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻣﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻘ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﺑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺑﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪:١‬‬
‫ﻗﻳ ﺳﺕ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺳ ﺗﺔ ﻣ ﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ‪،٥١.١٩ ،٥١.١٨ ،٥١.١٤ ،٥١.١٢ :‬‬
‫‪ ٥١.١٦ ،٥١.٢٢‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣ ﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ = ‪+ ٥١.٢٢ + ٥١.١٩ + ٥١.١٨ + ٥١.١٤ + ٥١.١٢‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠٧.٠١ = ٥١.١٦‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ = ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ÷ ﻋﺩﺩﻫﻡ = ‪ ٥١.١٦٨ = ٦ ÷ ٣٠٧.٠١‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ = ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٠.٠٤٨ = ٥١.١٢ – ٥١.١٦٨ = ١‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٠.٠٢٨ = ٥١.١٤ – ٥١.١٦٨ = ٢‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٠.٠٠٢٣٣٦ = ٠.٠٤٨ × ٠.٠٤٨ = ١‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٠.٠٠٠٨٠٣ = ٠.٠٢٨ × ٠.٠٢٨ = ٢‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺭﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳﺔ = ‪ ٠.٠٠٦٤٨٣‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﺔ = ‪ ٠.٠٠١٢٩٦٧ = ( (١-٦) ÷ ٠.٠٠٦٤٨٣‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ )ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ = (٧-١٢‬ﺟﺫﺭ )‪ ٠.٠٣٦ = ( ٠.٠٠١٢٩٦٧‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻡ‬

‫‪v2‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪0.002336‬‬ ‫‪0.048‬‬ ‫‪51.12‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪0.000803‬‬ ‫‪0.028‬‬ ‫‪51.14‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪0.000136‬‬ ‫‪-0.012‬‬ ‫‪51.18‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪0.000469‬‬ ‫‪-0.022‬‬ ‫‪51.19‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪0.002669‬‬ ‫‪-0.052‬‬ ‫‪51.22‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪0.000069‬‬ ‫‪0.008‬‬ ‫‪51.16‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ‬
‫‪0.006483‬‬ ‫‪307.010‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ‬
‫‪51.168‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬

‫‪0.0012967‬‬ ‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺗﻣﻊ‬

‫‪0.036‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪0.015‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ = ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ‪ ±‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫= ‪ ٠.٠١٥ ± ٥١.١٦٨‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -٩‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻗﻣﻧ ﺎ ﺑﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺿﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣ ﺎﺫﺍ ﻟ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪EDM‬؟ ﻫ ﻝ ﺳ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻫﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻣﻘ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﻘ ﺔ ﺑﻬ ﺎ؟ ﻫﻧ ﺎ ﻳ ﺄﺗﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ‪ weight‬ﻟﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺑﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺃﻫﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﻘ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻭﺯﻧﻬ ﺎ )ﺃﻫﻣﻳﺗﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﻳﺔ( ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻛ ﺱ ﺻ ﺣﻳﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻘﺔ ﺿﻌﻳﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻗ ﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻣﻧﺎ ﺑﺭﺻﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺩﻗﺗﻬ ﺎ ‪ "١‬ﻭﻣ ﺭﺓ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺩﻗﺗ ﻪ ‪ "٥‬ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟ ﻲ ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ – ﻣﻧﻁﻘﻳ ﺎ‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺑ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻧ ﺎءﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺍﻟ ﻭﺯﻥ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻫﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﻳﺔ( ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺳ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻧﺣ ﺳﺏ ﻣ ﺎ ﻧﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳ ﻪ ﺃﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺯﻭﻥ ‪) Weighted Mean‬ﻟﻧﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻧ ﻪ ﻭﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﺩﻱ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟ ﺔ )‪ (٤٦‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺯﻭﻥ = ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ )ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺿﺭﺏ ﻛﻝ ﺭﺻﺩﺓ× ﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ( ‪ /‬ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ‬

‫)‪(54‬‬
‫ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ )ﺑ ﺩﻻ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟ ﺔ ‪ (٥٢‬ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﺑﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻳﻌ ﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺎﺗﺞ ﻣ ﻥ ﻗ ﺳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣ ﻭﻉ ﺣﺎﺻ ﻝ ﺿ ﺭﺏ )ﻣﺭﺑ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘ ﻲ ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﺭﺻ ﺩﺓ ﻓ ﻲ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩﺓ( ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﻗﺹ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(55‬‬
‫ﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺳﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ )‪ (٥٣‬ﻟﺗ ﺻﺑﺢ ﻧ ﺎﺗﺞ ﻗ ﺳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(56‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪:٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻳ ﺳﺕ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺳ ﺗﺔ ﻣ ﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ‪،٥١.١٩ ،٥١.١٨ ،٥١.١٤ ،٥١.١٢ :‬‬
‫‪ ٥١.١٦ ،٥١.٢٢‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﻫ ﻲ ‪ .٣ ،١ ،١ ، ٣ ،٥ ،٦‬ﺃﺣ ﺳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ = ‪١٩ = ٣ + ١ + ١ + ٣ + ٥ + ٦‬‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺿﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩﺓ × ﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣٠٦.٧٢٠ = ٦ × ٥١.١٢ = ١‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢٥٥.٧٠٠ = ٥ × ٥١.١٤ = ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ )ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩﺓ×ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ = ‪٩٧١.٨٥٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺯﻭﻥ = ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ )ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩﺓ×ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ( ÷ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫= ‪ ٥١.١٥٠ = ١٩ ÷ ٩٧١.٨٥٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ = ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺯﻭﻥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٠.٠٣٠ = ٥١.١٢ – ٥١.١٥٠ = ١‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٠.٠١٠ = ٥١.١٤ – ٥١.١٥٠ = ٢‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٠.٠٠٠٩ = ٠.٠٣٠ × ٠.٠٣٠ = ١‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٠.٠٠٠٠١ = ٠.٠١٠ × ٠.٠١٠ = ٢‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺿﺭﺏ )ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ× ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ (‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٠.٠٠٥٤ = ٦ × ٠.٠٠٠٩ = ١‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٠.٠٠٠٥ = ٥ × ٠.٠٠٠١ = ٢‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺣ ﺳﺏ ﻣﺟﻣ ﻭﻉ ﺣﺎﺻ ﻝ ﺿ ﺭﺏ )ﻣﺭﺑﻌ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳ ﺔ × ﺍﻟ ﻭﺯﻥ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﺟﻣ ﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ = ‪ ٠.٠١٥٤‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﺔ = ‪ ٠.٠٠٣٠٨ = ( (١-٦) ÷ ٠.٠١٥٤‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ )ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ = (١٠-١٢‬ﺟﺫﺭ )‪ ٠.٠٥٥ = ( ٠.٠٠٣٠٨‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ = ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ‪ ±‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ = = ‪ ٠.٠١٣ ± ٥١.١٥٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩﺓ ×‬

‫× ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻡ‬
‫‪w.v2‬‬ ‫‪v2‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪y.w‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪0.005400‬‬ ‫‪0.000900 0.030‬‬ ‫‪306.72‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪51.12‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪0.000500‬‬ ‫‪0.000100 0.010‬‬ ‫‪255.70‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪51.14‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪0.002700‬‬ ‫‪0.000900 -0.030‬‬ ‫‪153.54‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪51.18‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪0.001600‬‬ ‫‪0.001600 -0.040‬‬ ‫‪51.19‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪51.19‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪0.004900‬‬ ‫‪0.004900 -0.070‬‬ ‫‪51.22‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪51.22‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪0.00030‬‬ ‫‪0.00010 -0.010 153.480‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪51.16‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ‬
‫‪0.01540‬‬ ‫‪0.00850‬‬ ‫‪971.85‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪307.01‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬
‫‪51.150‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺯﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ‬
‫‪0.003080‬‬ ‫‪0.001700‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺗﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫‪0.055‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪0.013‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﺟﺩ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺯﻭﻥ )‪ ٥١.١٥٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ( ﺗﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﻋ ﻥ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫)‪ ٥١.١٦٨‬ﻣﺗﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺯﻭﻥ )‪ ٠.٠١٣ ±‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ( ﺃﻗ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ )‪ ٠.٠١٥ ±‬ﻣﺗﺭ(‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻳﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻗ ﺩ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻧ ﺎ ﻣ ﻊ ﻛ ﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻫﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﻘ ﺔ ﻓﻳﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻁﻌﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺭﻗ ﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺛ ﻭﻕ ﺑﻬ ﺎ )ﺻ ﺎﺣﺑﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳ ﺭ( ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻗﻠﻳﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻘ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻳﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻫﻣﻳ ﺔ )ﺻ ﺎﺣﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭ( ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﻗ ﺭﺏ ﻟﻸﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺛ ﻭﻕ ﺑﻬ ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑ ﺳﺑﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺻ ﻐﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻌﺩ ﻣﺅﺛﺭﺓ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻘﻠ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑ ﺎﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺷﺗﺕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻛﻝ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﺗﺣﺳﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﺳﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻝ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ )ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ )ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻓﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ )ﻭﻟﻳﺱ‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺱ( ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻳﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺂﺧﺭﻱ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻓﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺑﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ‪.error propagation‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٠‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ )‪:(independent observations‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ‪ a, b, c, .......n‬ﻭﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻧﻬﻡ ﺑﺄﺧﻁﺎء ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ Ea, Eb, Ec, ......En‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ Z‬ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺑﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪Z = f ( a, b, c, ...... n‬‬ ‫)‪(57‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪EZ   (f a) Ea ) 2  (f b) Eb ) 2  (f c) Ec ) 2  ..........  (f n) En ) 2‬‬ ‫)‪(58‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ f/a‬ﻫﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭ ‪، a‬‬
‫‪ f/b‬ﻫﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭ ‪ ....... ، b‬ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٢-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ ١-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ Z‬ﻛﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ‪: a, b, c, .....‬‬
‫‪Z = a + b + c + ........‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺿﻝ ‪ Z/a‬ﺳﻳﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ،١‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ Z‬ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (٥٨‬ﺳﺗﺻﺑﺢ‪:‬‬
‫‪Esum   Ea2  Eb2  Ec2  .........‬‬ ‫)‪(59‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺧﻁ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﻓﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪ ٠.٠١٢±٧٥٣.٨١ :‬ﻭ ‪٠.٠٢٨±١٢٣٨.٤٠‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ٠.٠٢٠±١٠٦٢.٩٥‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺳﺏ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻹﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻪ؟‬
‫ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ = ‪ ٣٠٥٥.١٦ = ١٠٦٢.٩٥ + ١٢٣٨.٤٠ + ٧٥٣.٨١‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ ٣-١٠‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪:‬‬
‫‪Esum   0.012 2  0.028 2  0.020 2  0.036‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ )ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻼ( ﺑﻌﺩﺩ ﻭﻟﻳﻛﻥ ‪ n‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻳﻛﻥ ‪ ، E‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪E seies   E 2  E 2  E 2  .........   nE 2   E n‬‬ ‫)‪(60‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪:١‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ‪ ٠.٠٢ ±‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺳﺏ ﻛﻡ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ٥٠٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ؟‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ‪٥٠ = ١٠٠ / ٥٠٠٠ = n‬‬
‫‪E seies   E n  0.02 50  0.14m‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪:٢‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﺑﺧﻁﺄ ﻻ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ ٠.١٠ ±‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻛﻡ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻛﻝ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ؟‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺳﻧﻐﻳﺭ ﻗﻠﻳﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (٦٠‬ﻟﺗﻧﺗﺞ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪E  Eseies / n‬‬ ‫)‪(61‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ‪١٠ = ١٠٠/١٠٠٠ = n‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪E  Eseies / n  0.10 / 10  0.03m‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺿﺭﺏ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺿﺭﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺗﻳﻥ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪C=AB‬‬
‫‪E C   A2 E b2  B 2 E a2‬‬ ‫)‪(62‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪:١‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪± ٢٥٢.٤٦ :‬‬
‫‪ ٠.٠٥٣‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻭ ‪ ٠.٠٧٢ ± ٦٠٥.٠٨‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ = ‪ ١٥٢٧٦٠ = ٦٠٥.٠٨ × ٢٥٢.٤٦‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫‪E C   A2 E b2  B 2 E a2   ( 252.46) 2 (0.072) 2  (605.08) 2 (0.053) 2  36.9m 2‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ n‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺭﺻﺩﻩ ﻫﻭ ‪ E‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻳﺑﻠﻎ‪:‬‬
‫‪E mean   E / n‬‬ ‫)‪(63‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﺳﺕ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪،٥٣٨.٣٧ ،٥٣٨.٣٩ ،٥٣٨.٥٧ :‬‬
‫‪ ٥٣٨.٥٥ ،٥٣٨.٤٧ ،٥٣٨.٤٦ ،٥٣٨.٣٣ ،٥٣٨.٤٩ ،٥٣٨.٤٨ ،٥٣٨.٣٩‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ‪١٠ = n‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ = ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ‪ ٥٣٨.٤٥ = ١٠ / ٥٣٨٤.٥٠ = n /‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪= ± 0.078 m‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪E mean   E / n  0.078 / 10  0.025m‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٠‬ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ )ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ( ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺧﻁﻳﺔ ‪ non-linear‬ﻓﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺷﺗﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ Taylor series expansion‬ﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺧﻁﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻓﺗﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ‪ L‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ function‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﺧﻁﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺟﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ‪ x, y‬ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪L = f(x,y‬‬ ‫)‪(64‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻭﺭ ﺗﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪(L / x ) o‬‬ ‫‪( 2 L / x 2 ) o‬‬ ‫‪( n L / x n ) o‬‬
‫( ‪L  f ( xo , y o ) ‬‬ ‫( ‪)dx ‬‬ ‫( ‪)dx 2  ........ ‬‬ ‫‪)dx n ‬‬
‫!‪1‬‬ ‫!‪2‬‬ ‫!‪n‬‬
‫‪(L / y ) o‬‬ ‫‪( L / y 2 ) o‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪( n L / y n ) o‬‬
‫(‬ ‫( ‪)dy ‬‬ ‫( ‪)dy 2  ........ ‬‬ ‫‪) dy n  R‬‬
‫!‪1‬‬ ‫!‪2‬‬ ‫!‪n‬‬

‫)‪........... (65‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻪ ﻟﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ‪ x, y‬ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﻳﻥ‬ ‫‪xo, yo‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ( ‪ f‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ‪xo, yo‬‬ ‫)‪f(xo,yo‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳﺎﺕ ‪remainder‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪dx, dy‬‬
‫‪x = xo + dx‬‬
‫‪y = yo + dy‬‬ ‫)‪(66‬‬
‫ﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (٦٥‬ﻟﻠﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻟﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺑﺳﻳﻁ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻭﺭ )ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺿﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ( ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪L  f ( xo , yo )  (L‬‬ ‫‪) o dx  (L‬‬ ‫‪) o dy‬‬ ‫)‪(67‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺑﺳﻁﺔ ﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻭﺭ ﻭﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ‪xo,‬‬
‫‪ ،yo‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻟﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺎ )ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺇﻫﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ( ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺗﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪ iterative‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،،،،،‬ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺳﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ‪ xo, yo‬ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ(‬
‫ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻧﻌﻭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (٦٧‬ﻓﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻳﻡ ‪dx, dy‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﺎﻫﻳﻝ )ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ (٦٦‬ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺗﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ‪ dx, dy‬ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺅﺛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎ ‪.converged‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺗﻳﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺔ ﺑﻬﺩﻑ ﺣﻠﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪F(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪x + y - 2y2 = -4‬‬
‫‪G(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪x 2 + y2‬‬ ‫‪=8‬‬
‫ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺿﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﻳﻥ ‪ x, y‬ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪F/x = 1‬‬ ‫‪and‬‬ ‫‪F/y = 1 -4y‬‬
‫‪G/x = 2x‬‬ ‫‪and‬‬ ‫‪G/y = 2y‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (٦٧‬ﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪L  f ( xo , yo )  (L‬‬ ‫‪) o dx  (L‬‬ ‫‪) o dy‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬

‫‪F = (x+y-2y2) + 1 dx + (1-4y) dy = -4‬‬

‫‪G = (x2+y2) + 2x dx + 2 y dy = 8‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻬﻭﻝ ‪ ١ = x‬ﻭﻟﻠﻣﺟﻬﻭﻝ ‪ ، ١ = y‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪x = 1 + dx‬‬
‫‪y = 1 + dy‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻧﻌﻭﺽ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺗﻳﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪F(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪(x + y - 2y2 ) + 1 dx‬‬ ‫‪+ (1-4y) dy‬‬ ‫‪= -4‬‬
‫‪F(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪1 + 1 - 2 (1)2 + dx‬‬ ‫‪+ ( 1 - 4(1) ) dy = -4‬‬
‫‪dx + dy - 4 dy = -4‬‬
‫‪dx - 3 dy = -4‬‬
‫‪G(x,y):‬‬ ‫) ‪(x2 + y2‬‬ ‫‪+ 2x dx‬‬ ‫‪+ 2y dy‬‬ ‫‪=8‬‬
‫‪G(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪( (1) 2 + (1)2 ) + 2 (1) dx + 2 (1) dy = 8‬‬
‫‪2 + 2 dx + 2 dy = 8‬‬
‫‪2 dx + 2 dy = 6‬‬
‫‪dx + dy = 3‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺗﻳﻥ ﺧﻁﻳﺗﻳﻥ )ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺗﻳﻥ( ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺟﻌﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺃﺳﻬﻝ ﻭ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ ﻭﺃﺑﺳﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻧﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺣﻠﻬﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﻳﺎ ‪ simultaneously‬ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ‬
‫‪ dx, dy‬ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪dx - 3 dy = -4‬‬
‫‪dx = -4 + 3 dy‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪dx‬‬ ‫‪+ dy = 3‬‬
‫‪(-4 + 3 dy) + dy = 3‬‬
‫‪4 dy‬‬ ‫‪=7‬‬
‫‪dy = 7/4 = 1.75‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻌﻭﺽ ﻓﻧﻌﻭﺽ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪dx - 3 dy‬‬ ‫‪= -4‬‬
‫‪dx - 3 (1.75) = -4‬‬
‫‪dx = -4 + 5.25 = 1.25‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﻳﻥ ‪ x, y‬ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻵﻥ )ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪:(١٠-١٠‬‬
‫‪x = x0 + dx = 1 + 1.25 = 2.25‬‬
‫‪y = y0 + dy = 1 + 1.75 = 2.75‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ،first iteration‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻧﺑﺩﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪F(x,y):‬‬ ‫) ‪(x + y - 2y2‬‬ ‫‪+ 1 dx + (1-4y) dy‬‬ ‫‪= -4‬‬
‫‪F(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪2.25 + 2.75 - 2 (2.75)2 + dx +‬‬ ‫‪( 1 - 4(2.75) ) dy = -4‬‬
‫‪G(x,y):‬‬ ‫) ‪(x2 + y2‬‬ ‫‪+ 2x dx‬‬ ‫‪+ 2y dy‬‬ ‫‪=8‬‬
‫‪G(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪( (2.25) 2 + (2.75)2 ) + 2 (2.25) dx + 2 (2.75) dy = 8‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﺣﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪dx = - 0.25‬‬
‫‪dy = - 0.64‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﻳﻥ ‪ x, y‬ﺗﺻﺑﺢ‪:‬‬
‫‪x = x0 + dx = 2.25 - 0.25 = 2.00‬‬
‫‪y = y0 + dy = 2.75 - 0.64 = 2.11‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪F(x,y):‬‬ ‫) ‪(x + y - 2y2‬‬ ‫‪+ 1 dx + (1-4y) dy‬‬ ‫‪= -4‬‬
‫‪F(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪2.00 + 2.11 - 2 (2.11)2 + dx +‬‬ ‫‪( 1 - 4(2.11) ) dy = -4‬‬
‫‪G(x,y):‬‬ ‫) ‪(x2 + y2‬‬ ‫‪+ 2x dx‬‬ ‫‪+ 2y dy‬‬ ‫‪=8‬‬
‫‪G(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪( (2.00) 2 + (2.11)2 ) + 2 (2.00) dx + 2 (2.11) dy = 8‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﺣﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪dx = 0.00‬‬
‫‪dy = - 0.11‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﻳﻥ ‪ x, y‬ﺗﺻﺑﺢ‪:‬‬
‫‪x = x0 + dx = 2.00 + 0.00 = 2.00‬‬
‫‪y = y0 + dy = 2.11 - 0.11 = 2.00‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪F(x,y):‬‬ ‫) ‪(x + y - 2y2‬‬ ‫‪+ 1 dx + (1-4y) dy‬‬ ‫‪= -4‬‬
‫‪F(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪2.00 + 2.00 - 2 (2.00)2 + dx +‬‬ ‫‪( 1 - 4(2.00) ) dy = -4‬‬
‫‪G(x,y):‬‬ ‫) ‪(x2 + y2‬‬ ‫‪+ 2x dx‬‬ ‫‪+ 2y dy‬‬ ‫‪=8‬‬
‫‪G(x,y):‬‬ ‫‪( (2.00) 2 + (2.00)2 ) + 2 (2.00) dx + 2 (2.00) dy = 8‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﺣﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪dx = 0.00‬‬
‫‪dy = 0.00‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻧﺎ ﺳﻧﺟﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ )‪ (dx, dy‬ﺃﺻﺑﺣﺕ ﺻﻔﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺗﻳﻥ ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﻣﺗﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎ‬
‫‪ converged‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺣﺻﻠﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﻳﻥ ‪) x, y‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ( ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪x = 2.00 , y = 2.00‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١٠‬ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪:١‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺭﺝ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻟﻳﺕ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ ﻓﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .'١ ± o٢ '٣٠‬ﻭﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ‪ ٠.٥ ± ١٤٣.٥‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻻ ﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺔ ﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ )ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺛﻳﺔ( ‪:‬‬
‫‪h = D tan ‬‬
‫‪= 143.5 tan 2o 30' = 6.268 m‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ‬ ‫‪h‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺗﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ‪ h, D‬ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪h / D  tan ‬‬
‫‪h /   D / cos 2 ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪:(٦-١٠‬‬
‫‪E C   A2 E b2  B 2 E a2‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻁﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ h2   D2 (h /  ) 2   2 (h / D) 2‬‬

‫‪ h2   D2 (tan 2  ) 2   2 ( D / cos 2  ) 2‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٢‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ h2  0.5 2 (tan 2  ) 2  1' (143.5 / cos 2  ) 2‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺗﻭﺣﻳﺩ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﻁﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﻁﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﺳﻣﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ‪ ، ٢٠٦٢٦٥‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﻁﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﺳﻣﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ‪.٣٤٣٨=٦٠/٢٠٦٢٦٥‬‬
‫‪ h2  0.5 2 (tan 2  ) 2  (1' / 3438)(143.5 / cos 2  ) 2  0.047m‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ٠.٠٤٧ ± ٦.٢٦٨‬ﻣﺗﺭ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬

‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻁﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻫﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻳﻼﺩﻱ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﺑﺗﻛ ﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭ ﻭﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳ ﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻊ ﺗﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺧﺻﺻﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﺃﺳ ﻣﺎء ﺟﺩﻳ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠ ﻡ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻣ ﺎﺗﻛﺱ ‪ Geomatics‬ﻟﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﺑﻳ ﺭﺍ ﺷ ﺎﻣﻼ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﻭﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛ ﺔ ﻟﻌﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻣ ﺎﺗﻛﺱ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠ ﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔ ﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺳ ﺎﺋﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺯﻳ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋ ﻲ ﻟ ﻸﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻣ ﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻹﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﻗﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻁﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺩﺍﻣﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻗ ﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﻳ ﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺕ ﺗﺣﺗﻝ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﺎ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻛ ﻡ ﻫ ﻭ ﻣﻌ ﺭﻭﻑ ﻓﺄﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻧﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﻳ ﺔ( ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﺛ ﻡ ﻧﺣﻭﻟﻬ ﺎ – ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﻳﺎ – ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﻗﻳﻌﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪ .‬ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺃﺳ ﻠﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻣ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢‬ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬

‫ﺗ ﺻﻧﻊ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﻁ ‪ Tapes‬ﺇﻣ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ )‪ (١‬ﺍﻟ ﺻﻠﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﻥ )‪ (٢‬ﻣ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺗ ﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳ ﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ )‪ (٣‬ﺷ ﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﻔ ﺎﺭ )‪ %٣٥‬ﻣ ﻥ ﻣ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﻳ ﻝ ﻭ ‪ %٦٥‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ(‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻏﻠﻲ ﺳﻌﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺗ ﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ‪ ١٠٠ ، ٥٠ ، ٣٠ ، ٢٠ ،١٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻳ ﻝ ﺑ ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺣﻣﻠ ﻪ ﻷﻧ ﻪ ﺧﻔﻳ ﻑ ﻭﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺗ ﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻠ ﻝ ﻭﻳﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﻁﻭﻟ ﻪ ﻧﺗﻳﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻠﺏ ﻓﻬ ﻭ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻧﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﺻﻼﺑﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﻪ ﺗﻣﺩﺩﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻛﻣﺎﺷﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺛﻘ ﻝ ﻭﺯﻧ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺗ ﺎﻥ ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺃﻧ ﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻠﺻﺩﺃ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬

‫ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ )ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺑ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﻁ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ( ﻓﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍﺧﺹ ‪:Range Pole or Rod‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺧﺹ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣ ﻭﺩ ﺧ ﺷﺑﻲ )ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌ ﺩﻧﻲ ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧ ﺎ( ﻳﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻁﻭﻟ ﻪ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻪ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺩ ‪:Pegs‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺗ ﺩ ﻫ ﻭ ﻗﻁﻌ ﺔ ﻣ ﺿﻠﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺳﺗﺩﻳﺭﺓ ﻳﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻁﻭﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻭﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻓﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣ ﺩﺑﺑﺎ ﻟﻳ ﺳﻬﻝ ﻏ ﺭﺯﻩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻋﻼﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺑﺩﺍﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺩ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺧﺷﺑﻳﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻟﺷﻭﻙ ‪:Pins or Arrows‬‬
‫ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﻋﺑ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻥ ﺃﺳ ﻳﺎﺥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻠﺏ ﺑﻁ ﻭﻝ ﻳﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺧﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻏﻭﻝ ‪:Plumb Bob‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﺧ ﻳﻁ ﻳﻧﺗﻬ ﻲ ﺑﻘﻁﻌ ﺔ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣ ﺩﺑﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻳ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺳﻘﻁ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ﺳ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﻝ ﻓﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺟﺯﺋﺗﻬ ﺎ ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺟﺯء ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻏﻭﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣‬ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻸﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺭﻣ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭ ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻘ ﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻁﺑﻘ ﺎ ﻟﺗ ﺄﺛﺭﻩ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﺎء ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ )ﺧﻁ ﻳﺗﻌﺎﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﻁ ﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ( ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺡ ‪ Cross Staff‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺁﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺡ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺓ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻳﻧ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫‪ Clinometer‬ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ – ﻻﺣﻘ ﺎ – ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﻅﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٥‬ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻳﻧﻭﻣﺗﺭ‬

‫‪ ٢-٢‬ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺟﻣﻊ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ = ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ × ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺳ ﺭﻋﺔ ﺷ ﻌﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ )ﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ‪electro-magnetic‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻛﻬﺭﻭﺑ ﺻﺭﻳﺔ ‪ (electro-optical‬ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء ﺍﻧﺗﻘﺎﻟ ﻪ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﻭﻗﻣﻧ ﺎ ﺑﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺯﻣﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻐﺭﻗﺗﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺳﻔﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺃ‬
‫ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺟ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ ﺇﻁ ﻼﻕ ﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ )ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟ ﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺧ ﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻪ( ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺎﻛﺱ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﻌﻛ ﺱ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳ ﻝ ﺑﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺗ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻐﺭﻗﺗﻬﺎ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ ﻣﻧ ﺫ‬
‫ﺇﻁﻼﻗﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ = ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ – ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻛﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﻐﺭﻗﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻪ )‪ (١‬ﻣﻧﺫ ﺻ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳ ﻝ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻭﺻ ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ ﺛ ﻡ )‪ (٢‬ﻋﻭﺩﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﺭﺓ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳ ﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺿ ﻌﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﺳ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺿ ﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬ ‫ﺿﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ = ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ × ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ = ) ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ × ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ( ÷ ‪٢‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﺳﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎء ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺳﺭﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﻭء ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻌ ﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻟﻑ ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺿﺑﻁ ‪ ٢٩٩٧٩٢.٤٥٨‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ( ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺗ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺟ ﻪ ﻫ ﻭ ﻛ ﻝ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻠ ﺯﻡ ﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ‬
‫‪Electronic‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎ ﺟ ﺎءﺕ ﻓﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺍﺑﺗﻛ ﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺎ‬
‫‪ Distance Measurement‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺭﺕ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ ‪.EDM‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٦‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺗﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺷ ﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺎ ﻭﺗ ﺷﻣﻝ )‪ (١‬ﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳ ﻭ ﻭﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠ ﺔ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ‪ ٦٠-٥٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ‪ (٢) ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺗﺣ ﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣ ﺭﺍء ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ Total Station‬ﻭﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ‪ ٣٠-١٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ‪ (٣) ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻭﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ١٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ‪ (٤) ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻳ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺋ ﻲ ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻫﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻐﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﺑﻠ ﻎ‬
‫ﻋﺷﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺗﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺇﻧﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺎ ‪ EDM‬ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﺑﺩﺍﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻣ ﺳﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻳﻼﺩﻱ ﻭﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻣﻧﻔ ﺻﻠﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻭﻕ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ )ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ(‬
‫ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻡ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﺩﻣ ﺞ ﻛ ﻼ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻭ‬
‫‪ EDM‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ )ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ ﺃﻁﻠ ﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪.Total Station‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٧‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﻋ ﺎﻛﺱ ‪Reflector‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﺷﻭﺭ ﻋﺎﻛﺱ ‪ Prism‬ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻌﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻣ ﺭﺓ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧ ﺷﻭﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺟ ﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﻲ ﻣﻁﻠ ﻲ ﺑﻣ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻭﺭﻳ ﺳﻧﺕ ‪ -‬ﻟﺯﻳ ﺎﺩﺓ ﻗ ﻭﺓ ﺍﻧﻌﻛ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﺷ ﻌﺔ ‪ -‬ﻳﻭﺿ ﻊ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺑﻼﺳ ﺗﻳﻛﻲ ﻣﻠ ﻭﻥ ﻟ ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺭﺅﻳﺗ ﻪ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗ ﺩ ﻳﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻭﻋﻪ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻠ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺿﺑﻁ )ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﺻﺎ ‪ pole‬ﻳﻣﺳﻛﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻﺩ ﺑﻳﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٨‬ﻋﻭﺍﻛﺱ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻋﺎﻛ ﺳﺔ ‪ Reflective Sheet‬ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑ ﺩﻳﻼ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﺡ ﺭﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻁﻼﺅﻫ ﺎ ﺑﻣ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻭﺭﻳ ﺳﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛ ﺳﺔ ﻟﻸﺷ ﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻫ ﺩﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛ ﺳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺗﺛﺑﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺣ ﻭﺍﺋﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺳﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺎ ﺑ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋ ﺎﻛﺱ ‪Reflector-‬‬
‫‪) Less‬ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺻﻳﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﻧ ﻲ ﻣﺋ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺗ ﺎﺭ( ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺗﺗﻣﻳ ﺯ ﺑﺧﺎﺻ ﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻛﺎﺱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺻﻁﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻫﺩﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺗﻣﻛﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻻﺣﺗﻼﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺧﻁ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗ ﻡ ﺇﻧﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺎ )ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻳ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺋ ﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ )ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ( ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﺻﺑﺣﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻳ ﺩﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ hand-held‬ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺳﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ )ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺷﺋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺑ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ ﺛﻼ( ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻭﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٩‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺗ ﺄﺛﺭ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺩﺓ ﻣ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻟﻸﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺃﻫﻣﻬ ﺎ ﻫ ﻭ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻭﺍﻣ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻘﺱ )ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﻳﺔ( ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﺏ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ )ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺑﻌ ﺩﻳﻥ )ﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺹ( ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻳ ﺳﺕ‬
‫ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺇﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻫ ﻲ ﻣﺟ ﺳﻡ ﺷ ﺑﻪ ﻛ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺳ ﻁﺣﻪ ﻟ ﻳﺱ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎ ﺑ ﻝ ﺗﺗﺧﻠﻠ ﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﺑ ﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺩﻳ ﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔ ﺿﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳ ﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻠ ﻡ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻠﺯﻣﻧ ﺎ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﺃﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ﻭﻟ ﻳﺱ ﺃﺛﻧ ﻳﻥ ﻓﻘ ﻁ‪ .‬ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﻌ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ )ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ( ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻓ ﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺑﺣ ﺙ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟ ﺙ )ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ( ﻟﻠﻣﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﻭﻳﺔ( ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻫ ﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛﺎﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌ ﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬ ﻲ ﺃﺳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ﺫ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧ ﺎء ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺳﻭﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١-٣‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ( ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻳﻠ ﺯﻡ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﺳﺏ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻋﻳﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻩ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻠ ﺻﻔﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻛﻭﻛﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ )ﺑﺣﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ( ﺗﻐﻁﻲ ‪ %٧٥‬ﻣﻥ ﺇﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﻛﺏ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑﺳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ( ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﺗﺧﺫ ﻋﻠﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻧﺫ ﻣﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻳﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺳﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ )ﻭﺍﻣﺗﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻫﻣﻲ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑﺳﺔ( ﻛﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻣ ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺎﺭ ﻭ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯﺭ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ Mean Sea Level‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ .MSL‬ﻓ ﺈﺫﺍ ﺗ ﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ﻷﻱ ﻣﻌﻠ ﻡ ﺑ ﺩءﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺭﺟ ﻊ ﻓﻧﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺃﺳ ﻡ "ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ "Height‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺑﺩءﺍ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪ MSL‬ﻓﻧﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻡ "ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ‪ ."Level‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺧ ﺎﺹ ﺗ ﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩﻩ ﺑ ﺩءﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻣﻭﺟﺑﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻣﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ‪ MSL‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﺣ ﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺗ ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳ ﻳﺏ( ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻣ ﺛﻼ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻳﻧ ﺎء ﺍﻹﺳ ﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ )ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﺎﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ( ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٠٧‬ﻡ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻧﺟ ﺩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﺳ ﻔﻝ ﻛ ﻝ ﺧﺭﻳﻁ ﺔ ﻣ ﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻣﻠ ﺔ "ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳ ﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٠٧‬ﻡ"‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺩﻳﻧ ﺔ ﺟ ﺩﺓ )ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﺎﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻣ ﺭ( ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ‬
‫‪١٩٦٩‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻣﻳ ﺎﻩ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﺑﺋ ﺭ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﺭﻳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻭﺗﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺑﺔ – ﻛﻝ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻳ ﻭﻡ ﻭﻟﻣ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫)ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺋﺭ( ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻧﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﺻﻔﺭ‪ .‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﺗﻣ ﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻔﺗﺭﺓ ‪١٨٩٨‬ﻡ ‪١٩٠٧ -‬ﻡ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ‪ MSL‬ﻟﻣﺻﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٠‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺑﻧ ﺎء ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ )ﻋﻼﻣ ﺔ ﺃﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺋﺭ ﻭﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ )ﺃﻱ ﻳ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ(‪ .‬ﺃﻁﻠﻖ ﺃﺳﻡ ‪ Bench Mark‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ "‪ "BM‬ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ" ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻭﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺳ ﻧﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻋﻧﻬ ﺎ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻻﺣﻘﺎ( ﺗﻡ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣ ﺎﺕ ‪ BM‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺗﻐﻁ ﻲ ﻛﺎﻓ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺣ ﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻣ ﻭﺭﺓ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺃﺳﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻬ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻛﻭﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺋﻭﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟ ﺔ )ﻫﻳﺋ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﺔ( ﺗ ﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﻛ ﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺩﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻷﻱ ﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻫﻧﺩﺳﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺑ ﺩﺃ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ‪ BM‬ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺋﻁ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺑﻧﻲ )ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻣﺑﻧ ﻲ ﺣﻛ ﻭﻣﻲ(‬
‫ﻭﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺎﺋﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺛﺑﺗ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ )ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺑﺔ( ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻳﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣‬ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ‪ Levelling‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﻧﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻧ ﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﺭﺋﻳ ﺳﻳﺎﻥ‪ (١) :‬ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻫﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ‪ Direct or Spirit Levelling‬ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿ ﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺻﻝ ‪،‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺓ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺳ ﺗﺎﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺛﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻱ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳ ﺏ ﻋﻛ ﺳﻳﺎ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻣﻛﻧﻧ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻱ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ )ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻭﻣﺗﺭ( ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺩ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔ ﺿﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻛ ﺷﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺳﺗﺎﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻁﺭﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺿ ﻌﻧﺎ ﺃﺳ ﻁﻭﺍﻧﺗﻳﻥ ﺯﺟ ﺎﺟﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻣﻠﻭءﺗ ﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺳﺎﺋﻝ )ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ( ﻭﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁ ﻭﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺗ ﺩﺭﻳﺞ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺟ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣﻧﻬﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻓ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻫﺫﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺩﺭﻳﺟﻳﻥ ﻳﻌﺑ ﺭ ﻋ ﻥ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛﻠﺗ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﻧﺣ ﺻﺭ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺳﺗﺎﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻ ﻝ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺯﺟ ﺎﺟﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻁ ﻭﻳﻼ ﺑ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺛﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ( ﻭﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣ ﺎ )ﺑﺎﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ (EDM‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫ ﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺣ ﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﺃﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺑﺄﺳﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻠ ﻪ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﻳﺎ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١١‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻭﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٢‬ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺳﺗﺎﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻧﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻫﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ ) ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﻁ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ( ﻭ ﻋﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻗﻁﺎﻋ ﺎﺕ ﻋﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ( ﻭ ﺷ ﺑﻛﻳﺔ )ﺗﻐﻁ ﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﻳﺏ )ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ( ﻓﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٣‬ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻓﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ( ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻳﺣ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ )ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ( ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺳﻁﺭﺓ ﻣﺩﺭﺟﺔ )ﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ( ﺗﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻁﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ( ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻭﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻫﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺗﻳﻥ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ( ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻓ ﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻣﻧﺎ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺫﺍ ﺃﺧ ﺫﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻭﺿ ﻌﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟ ﻲ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺃ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿ ﻌﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺃ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺏ ﺗﺑﻠ ﻎ ‪ ١‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﻥ ﻓ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺗﻳﻥ ﻳ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﺃ ﻭ ﺏ‪ .‬ﻓ ﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻣﻧ ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺃ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬ ﺎ ﻋ ﻥ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺭ( ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻧ ﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٤‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٥‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٣-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ‪ Level‬ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺃﻓﻘ ﻲ ﻭﻫﻣ ﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﺟﻣ ﻭﻋﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﻓﺋﺗﻳﻥ‪) :‬ﺃ( ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻛ ﻭﻙ‬
‫‪) Cook's Level‬ﺍﻟﻘ ﺩﻳﻡ ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﻳ ﺎ( ﻭﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻣﻧﻅ ﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻁ ﻭﻗﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺗﻳﻥ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻓﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻫﻪ ﺛﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺗﻪ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ‪) ،‬ﺏ( ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺑﻲ ‪ Dumby's Level‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﻳﺎ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻛﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٦‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺩﻣﺑﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺻﺭﻱ ﻣ ﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅ ﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠ ﺳﻛﻭﺏ ﻭﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﺣ ﺩ ﻁﺭﻓﻳ ﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻳﺋﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺛﺑ ﺕ ﺃﻋ ﻼﻩ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﻧﺣ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬ ﺩﻑ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺷﻧﻛﺎﻩ( ﻭﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻪ ﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻲ ﻣ ﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳ ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑ ﺭﺍﺥ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﻳﺋ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻭﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺭﻛﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﺿ ﻊ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﻲ )ﺍﻟﺧ ﺷﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻣﻭﻧﻳﻭﻡ( ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺍﻩ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻟﻛﻲ ﻳﺗﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘ ﻖ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛ ﺔ ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺑ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻋﻧ ﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﺭﺻﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺃﺳ ﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑ ﺭﺍﺥ ﻗ ﺭﺹ )ﻣﻧﻘﻠ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺋ ﺭﺓ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﺩﺭﺝ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺳﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ‪ Staff‬ﺃﻫ ﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻹﺟ ﺭﺍء ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫)ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺳﻁﺭﺓ ﻣﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻷﻣﺗﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻁﻭﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ ٣‬ﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﻭ ‪ ٤‬ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﺻﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺷﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻣﻭﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻓﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ‪) :‬ﺃ( ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻌ ﺔ ﻣﺗ ﺻﻠﻳﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻁ ﻳﻬﻡ ﻭ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﻔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ ‪) ،‬ﺏ( ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﺳﻛﻭﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺩﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺗﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ( ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء ﻣﺗﺩﺍﺧﻠ ﺔ ﺗﻧﺯﻟ ﻖ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﺑﻌ ﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻭﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﺻﻐﺭ ﻁﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪) ،‬ﺝ( ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻘ ﺔ ﻭﺗﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺟ ﺯﺃﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﻔ ﺻﻠﻳﻥ ﺃﺣ ﺩﺍﻫﻣﺎ ﻳﻧﺯﻟ ﻖ ﻭ ﺭﺍء ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺟ ﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺻ ﻐﻳﺭ ‪) ،‬ﺩ( ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻌ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣ ﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟ ﺎﻭﺯ ﻁﻭﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺗ ﺭﻳﻥ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻳ ﺳﻬﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻣﻠﻬ ﺎ‪ .‬ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗ ﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ )ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ( ﻣ ﻊ ﻛ ﻝ ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻹﺗﻣ ﺎﻡ ﺃﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ‬
‫ﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٧‬ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٨‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺗ ﺷﻣﻝ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ‪ (١) :‬ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺗ ﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺻ ﻐﻳﺭ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗ ﻪ ﺧﻠ ﻑ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻟ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻭﻋ ﺩﻡ ﻣﻳﻠﻬ ﺎ ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ‪ (٢) ،‬ﻗﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺣﺩﻳﺩﻳ ﺔ ﺗﻭﺿ ﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺧ ﻭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﺑﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ‪ (٣) ،‬ﺩﻓﺗ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺍﺕ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٩‬ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﻟﻠ ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺧ ﺫ ‪ ٣‬ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁﻲ )ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﻡ ﺃﺳﻡ ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ( ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﻣﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٠‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫‪ ٤-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻁ ﻭﺭﺕ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻟﺗﻅﻬ ﺭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣ ﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻣﻳ ﺯ ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺫﺍﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ )ﺑ ﺩﻻ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺩﻓﺗ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ( ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻟﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﺑﻌ ﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺧ ﺎﺹ ‪) bar-code staff‬ﻟﻳ ﺳﺕ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻣﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺑﺎﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ( ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺣﺱ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻳﺯﻳ ﺩ ﺳ ﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣ ﻲ ﻋ ﻥ‬
‫ﺳ ﻌﺭ ﻣﺛﻳﻠ ﻪ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧ ﻲ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺫﺍﺗﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺿﺑﻁ‬
‫‪ self-levelling‬ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧ ﺔ ‪ compensator‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧ ﻪ ﺍﻟﺣﻔ ﺎﻅ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ )ﺑﻌﺩ ﺿﺑﻁﻪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ( ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻗﻠ ﻳﻼ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧ ﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺗ ﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻳﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻹﻧ ﺷﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻛﺛ ﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻘﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢١‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫‪ ٥-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻳ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺇﻁ ﻼﻕ ﺃﺷ ﻌﺔ ﻟﻳ ﺯﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺃﻓﻘ ﻲ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﺗ ﻧﻌﻛﺱ ﻋﻧ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻁﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺞ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻳ ﺯﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﺑ ﺻﺭﻱ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﺟ ﺩ ﻣ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ )ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ(‪ .‬ﻳﺷﻳﻊ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻳﻳﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻧﺎء ﻟﻛﻥ ﺳﻌﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٢‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻟﻳﺯﺭ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٦-٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻖ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ‪ Precise Levelling‬ﻫ ﻲ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻁﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻬ ﺩﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻓﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﻳﺏ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺟﻌ ﻝ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭ ﺃﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ ﻭﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺑﻳﺭ ‪ BM‬ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻭﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻫﺑﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺷﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﺧﻣﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﻁﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ‪Precise Level‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻛﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻣﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﻋﻧ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻫﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭ ﺫﻭ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ )ﻻ ﺗﻘﻝ ﻋﻥ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺿﻌﻑ( ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻳﺋﻳﺔ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﻭﻛﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﻐﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻭﺍﺿ ﺣﺔ ﺟ ﺩﺍ ﺣﺗ ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﻗﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻻ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ ٠.١‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻻ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ ٠.٢‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪/‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺑﻝ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ﺔ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭ ﻷﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ )ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳ ﻖ( ﻟ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺈﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪Micrometer with‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻳ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺑﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻣﺗ ﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠ ﻲ ﺫﻭ ﻟ ﻭﺡ ﻣﺗ ﻭﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ parallel plate‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ‪ ١‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﻹﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﻳﺣﺗ ﻭﻱ ﻓﻘﺎﻋ ﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﻁﻭﻳﻠ ﺔ )ﻭﻟﻳ ﺳﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳ ﺔ( ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﻁﻭﻟﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺫﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ‪.Self-Levelling‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻓﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺧ ﺎﺹ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺗ ﺩﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺣﻔﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﺷﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻔ ﺎﺭ )ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺃﻧﻔ ﺎﺭ( ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﻳ ﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺗﻣﺩﺩ ﻗﻠﻳﻝ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺛﻡ ﻳﺛﺑﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﺑﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺛﻘﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ – ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺧ ﻭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﺑﻳ ﺔ‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻌ ﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺑ ﻭﻁ ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺃﺧ ﺫ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩﺍ ﻷﺧﺫ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻲ )ﺍﻟﺧﺷﺑﻲ( ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺛﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻅﻠﺔ ﺷﻣﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻟﺗﻣﻧﻊ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻻ ﺑ ﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺭﺍﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻻﺷ ﺗﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺭﺻﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻁ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻼ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻘﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﺑﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻘ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺗ ﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻛ ﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳ ﺭﻋﺔ ﺃﺧ ﺫ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺍﺕ )ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ( ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻻ ﺗﺯﻳ ﺩ ﻋ ﻥ ﻓﺗ ﺭﺓ ﺩﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻘﺱ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺭﺻﺩﺓ )ﻛﻝ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻗﺎﻣﺔ( ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﺛ ﻡ ﻧﺣ ﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁﻲ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺳ ﻁﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻗﻳﻥ ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻧﺎ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻭﻗﻔﺔ ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻧﺣ ﺳﺏ ﻣﺟﻣ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣ ﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ( ﻭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺅﺧﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳ ﺔ( ﻭﻳﺟ ﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺯﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻋﻥ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺗﺭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻅﻠﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ ﺑﻣﻅﻠ ﺔ ﺷﻣ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺗ ﺄﺛﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺄﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺃﺑﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء ﻋ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﻳﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﻣﺗﻳﻥ )ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳ ﺔ( ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ‪٤٠-٣٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﺭﺍ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﻭﺍﻝ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺗ ﺩﺭﻳﺟﻳﻥ ﻭﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﻗ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺭﻳﺟﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﻛﺭ ﻭﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺗﺣﺎﺷ ﻰ ﺗﻣﺎﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻅﻬﻳ ﺭﺓ )ﻗﺑ ﻝ ﻭﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻅﻬ ﺭ ﺑ ﺳﺎﻋﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻗ ﻝ( ﺿ ﻣﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳ ﻝ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﻛ ﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٣‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻳﻥ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻣﺟﻣ ﻭﻋﺗﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺎﻟﻳﺎ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﺷﺎﺭﺍ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺑ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻗ ﻝ ﺍﻻﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺃﺻ ﺑﺣﺕ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ Total Station‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﺷﺎﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺟﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟﻳ ﺭﻭ‪-‬ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ‬
‫‪ Gyro-Theodolite‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺟﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻕ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٤‬ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ )ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻱ( ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﺭﺍﺥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺟﻣﻊ ﻓﻭﻗﻬﺎ ﻛﻝ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻣﻔ ﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻟ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﻭﻳﺔ )ﻓﻘﺎﻋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺎء( ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑ ﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻣﻧﻅ ﺎﺭ ﺗ ﺳﺎﻣﺕ ﺿ ﻭﺋﻲ ﻟ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻔﺗ ﺎﺣﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺃﺣ ﺩﻫﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﻳﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ )ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺔ( ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅ ﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﺗﻠ ﺳﻛﻭﺏ( ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬ ﺯ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺑﻣﻔﺗ ﺎﺣﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟ ﺳﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﻳﺋ ﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻌﺩﺳﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻳﻧﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻳﺑ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻋ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ( ﻭ ﺷ ﻳﺋﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻬ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻬ ﺩﻑ( ﻭﻣﻌﻬﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻋﺩﺳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٤‬ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬

‫ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺣﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ‪ :V-V‬ﻳﻣﺭ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘ ﻲ ‪ :H-H‬ﻳﻣ ﺭ ﺑﻣﺭﻛ ﺯ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻭﻳ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺣﻭﻟ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ‪ :L-L‬ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺎﺱ ﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻋﻧ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ‪ :Z-Z‬ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺗﻘ ﺎﻁﻊ ﺣﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻳﺋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٥‬ﻣﺣﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧ ﻲ ﻫ ﻭ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻋ ﺎﺩﻱ ﺗ ﻡ ﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻟ ﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺋﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺣﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣ ﻲ ﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻟﺗ ﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻋ ﻪ ﺗﺣﺗ ﻭﻱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻛ ﺎﺭﺕ ﺫﺍﻛ ﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﺧ ﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺛ ﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺣﺎﺳﺏ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٦‬ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻣﻳ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣ ﻲ ﺑ ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺗ ﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﺳ ﺭﻋﺗﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻧﺟ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧ ﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻲ ﺳﻌﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٣-٤‬ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﻡ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺗ ﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺑ ﺎ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻭﻛﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﻡ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻛ ﻝ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻠﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﻟﻠﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻭﺗﻳﻥ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺇﺟﺭﺍﺅﻫﻣ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑ ﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻛ ﺭﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﺿ ﺑﻁ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫‪ levelling‬ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓ ﻲ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺃﻓﻘ ﻲ ﺗﻣﺎﻣ ﺎ ﻭ ﺿ ﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﺎﻣﺕ ‪ centring‬ﻟ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﻟﻠﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ )ﺷﻛﻝ ‪:(٧-٤‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﻲ ﺃﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳ ﺏ ﻣ ﻊ ﻏ ﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺑﺎﺗ ﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺭﺑ ﻁ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻓﻭﻗ ﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﺭﺟ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ )‪.(١‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺎﻣﺕ )‪ (٢‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓ ﺔ ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳ ﻙ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻠﻳﻥ )ﺃﻭ ﺷﻌﺑﺗﻳﻥ( ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺟﻝ )ﺷﻌﺏ( ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧ ﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺎﻣﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻧﻅﺭ ﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ )‪ (٣‬ﻟﻧﺭﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺿﺑﻭﻁﺔ ﻧﻘﻭﻡ ﺑ ﺿﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺃﺣ ﺩ ﺷ ﻌﺏ )ﺃﺭﺟ ﻝ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻷﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺭﺑﻁ ﻛﻼ ﺟﺯﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺑﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﻧﺗ ﺻﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫)‪.(٤‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻧﻧﻅ ﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ )‪ (٣‬ﻭﻧﺣ ﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻳ ﺎ ﻟﻣ ﺳﻣﺎﺭﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺛ ﻡ ﻧﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻣﺎﺭﻳﻥ ﻣﻌ ﺎ‬
‫ﺑ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻻﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﻟﻠ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺧ ﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﺗ ﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗ ﺻﻑ ﺗﻣﺎﻣ ﺎ )‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺃ(‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -‬ﻧ ﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺎ ﺑﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻳ ﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻋﻣ ﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻧﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻭﻧﺿﺑﻁﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ٥‬ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻌﻭﺩ ﻟﻠﻧﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺎﻣﺕ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﻛﺯﻩ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﻧﻘ ﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻔ ﻙ ﻣ ﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﺛﺑﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﻲ ﺛ ﻡ ﻧﺣ ﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ )ﻭﻟ ﻳﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﻲ( ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻧﻌﻳ ﺩ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺯ ﻣﻧﻅ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﺎﻣﺕ ﻣ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ – ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺎﻣﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ – ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻗ ﺩ ﺗﻐﻳ ﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻳﻼ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻛﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧﺿﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺎﻣﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﻘﻘﺎ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٧‬ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﻟﻠﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬

‫‪ ٤-٤‬ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺑﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻓﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺻﺩ( ﻛﻝ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪) :‬ﺃ( ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻳﺎﻣﻥ ‪ Face Right‬ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻﺩ ‪) ،‬ﺏ( ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻳﺎﺳ ﺭ ‪ Face Left‬ﻭﻫ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻧ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻳ ﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻓ ﺈﺫﺍ ﺑ ﺩﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻳ ﺎﻣﻥ ﻓﺑﻌ ﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺎ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺎ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﻟﻧﺣ ﺻﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻳﺎﺳﺭ ﻭﻧﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﻭﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻳﺎﻣﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻳﺎﺳﺭ ﻫﻭ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺑﺳﻳﻁ ﺳﻭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛ ﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﺗﺟﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﻛﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻓ ﺄﻥ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﻛﺭ ﻭﻓﺗ ﺭﺓ ﻣ ﺎ ﻗﺑ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻐ ﺭﻭﺏ ﻣ ﻊ ﺗﺟﻧ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻟﻼﻧﻛﺳﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٨‬ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬

‫ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ )ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ( ﺑ ﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺗ ﻪ )ﺃﻗ ﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺛ ﺎﻻ ﻟﻘ ﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ‪ Wild T16‬ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ﺩﻗﺗﻪ ‪."٣٠‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢٩‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬

‫ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻛ ﺭﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫ ﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﻌ ﺩ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳ ﺔ ﺃﺳ ﻬﻝ ﻭ ﺃﺳ ﺭﻉ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻛ ﻝ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﻣﻧﻔ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺿ ﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻳ ﺎﻣﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻳﺎﺳ ﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻌﻳﻥ )ﻟﻠ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺛ ﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻘ ﻁ( ﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺟ ﺎﻩ ﻟﻛ ﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﻁﺭﺡ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻣﺛ ﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃ ﺏ ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻳﺎﺳﺭ‬ ‫ﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻳﺎﻣﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫‪"٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٠٩٢ '١١ "٠٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٧٢ '١١ "١٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٢ '١١ "٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫‪'٢٧‬‬ ‫‪١٥٨ '٣٨ "٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٣٨ '٣٩ "٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥٨ '٣٨ "٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺝ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪٠٦٦‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣٠‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ‬

‫ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻛﻲ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺑ ﺩء ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﺣ ﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺛﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻳﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻧﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ )ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟ ﻲ( ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺻ ﻔﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺿﺑﻁ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺿﺑﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻵﺧ ﺭ ﻓ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﻣﻌ ﻳﻥ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺗﺛﺑﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛ ﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺯﺭ ﻳﺳﻣﻲ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ )ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﻣ ﺔ( ﻓﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺻﻔﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻫ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻟ ﻥ ﺗﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﻣﻬﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﻧﻔ ﺳﻪ(‪ .‬ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻬ ﺩﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺍﻟ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃ ﺏ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻬﺎ( ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻳﻌﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﻟﻭﺿ ﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﺻ ﻠﻲ )ﺃﻱ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻗ ﺩ ﺣ ﺭﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺿ ﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻭﺿ ﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﺩﻱ(‪ .‬ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳ ﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻬ ﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺃ ﺝ ﻟﻠﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ( ﻭﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺣﺻﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛ ﺔ ﻓﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺯﺭ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺓ – ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻳﻪ – ﺑﺟﻌﻝ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺭ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗ ﺩﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺭ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻓ ﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ‪ Elevation Angle‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻ ﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺕ ‪ .Zenith Angle‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻ ﻭﺩﺓ ﺳ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗ ﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻛ ﻼ‬
‫ﻧﻭﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ +‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺕ = ‪٩٠‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣١‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺕ‬

‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﺳ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣٢‬ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻌ ﺩ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ‪ Total Station‬ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻭﺩﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺣﻝ ﻣﺣﻝ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺳﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺩﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺷﻣﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺇﻁ ﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻛﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﺑﻖ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻗ ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻁﻭﺭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻳﻼﺩﻱ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺳ ﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻘ ﺩ ﺗ ﻡ ﺍﺑﺗﻛ ﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ ‪ EDM‬ﻟﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺑﺩﻳﻼ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺭﻳﻌﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺑﺗﻛﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳ ﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺟ ﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﺃﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻳ ﺩﻭﻳﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺗ ﻼ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﺍﺑﺗﻛ ﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣ ﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﺗ ﻡ ﺩﻣ ﺞ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ‪ GPS‬ﻟ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺗ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣٣‬ﺗﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ ١-٥‬ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ )ﺗﻡ ﺟﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ( ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺭﻗﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ ‪.EDM‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪ micro-processor‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﻣﻠﺣﻘ ﺔ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻭﺍﻛﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﻲ ﻭﻛﺎﺑ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻ ﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣٤‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ )ﻗﺩ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ )ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ )ﺗﺗﻌﺩﻱ ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻣﻧﻅﺎﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻹﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺄﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻛﺱ )ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭ( ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﻣﺋﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺗﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎ )ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘ ﻖ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺧﻁ ﺎء ﺿ ﺑﻁ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻭﺗﻌ ﺩﻳﻠﻬﺎ )ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﻣ ﻭﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫‪ Compensator‬ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ( ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻣﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺗ ﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺍﻓ ﺫ ‪ windows‬ﻟ ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ )ﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺗ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١١‬ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ )ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٢‬ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺗ ﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺗﻭﺻ ﻳﻝ ﻭﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﻛ ﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳ ﺔ ‪ control unit‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Data Collector‬ﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٣‬ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٤‬ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻅ ﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻘ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ )ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﺣ ﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺗ ﺻﻝ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ .١٥‬ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻛﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺗﻭﺛﻳ ﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٦‬ﺻﻐﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗ ﺕ ﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻥ ﺗﻠ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻘ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ )ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺳﺎﻣﺕ ﻭ ﺿ ﺑﻁ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ(‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗ ﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻗ ﺩ ﻳﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻳﻁﻠ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻛﻣ ﺩﺧﻼﺕ ‪ input‬ﻋﻧ ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ )ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺳﺗﻳﻧﻲ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺋﻭﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻠﺔ ﻭﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ )ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﺷ ﺟﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻣﺑﻧﻲ ﺃﻡ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ‪...‬ﺍﻟﺦ( ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺟﻣ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﻣ ﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻘ ﺎﺕ ‪layers‬‬
‫ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺗ ﺻﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺗ ﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺑ ﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ‪ AutoCAD‬ﺃﻭ ﺑ ﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ‪.Arc GIS‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﻣﺧﺭﺟﺎﺕ ‪ output‬ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ )ﻋﺎﻣﺔ( ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻓﺎﺕ )ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﺑﺧﻁ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻧﺣﺭﺍﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ )ﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻉ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﺄ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻠﻊ – ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﺻﺩﻩ – ﻭ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺳﻲ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻭﻗﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻷﻫ ﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ‪ setting out‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠ ﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٥‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻘ ﺩﻣﺕ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻳ ﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﻅﻬ ﺭ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺟ ﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺗﻌ ﺩﺩﺓ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻘﻠﻳ ﺩﻳﺎ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﻘ ﻑ ﺑﺟ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻭﺗ ﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﺧﺹ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ( ﻭﻳﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻷﺧ ﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺗﻛﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺎ ‪ EDM‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﻭ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻋﺩﻩ )ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ( ﺣﺗﻰ ﻭﺻﻠﺕ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣﻧﻬﻣ ﺎ‪ .‬ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺑ ﺩﺃ ﻫ ﻭ ﺃﺳ ﺎﺱ ﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ‬
‫‪ Motorized or Robotic Total Station‬ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺷ ﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻗﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠ ﻲ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻳ ﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣ ﻭﻝ ﻧﻔ ﺳﻪ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺎ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑ ﻪ ‪.(compensator‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻡ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ‪ control unit‬ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﻻﺳ ﻠﻛﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬ ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻﺩ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻪ ﺍﻟ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬ ﺎ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻛ ﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﻧﻪ ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﺑ ﺩﺃ "ﺍﻟﺗﻌ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﻟ ﻲ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻬ ﺩﻑ" ‪Automatic‬‬
‫‪ Target Recognition‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ، ATR‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ( ﻭﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻﺩ ﻫﻭ ﻣ ﻥ ﻳﺣﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻛﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠ ﻲ ﺃﺳ ﺭﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣٥‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑ ﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ )ﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻉ( ﺑ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺻ ﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺋ ﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻫﻧﺩﺳ ﻲ ﻟﻘﻁ ﻊ ﺟ ﺯء ﻣ ﻥ ﺟﺑ ﻝ ﺻ ﺧﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗ ﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻛﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺟ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻭﻋ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ ﺳ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻ ﺩ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺋ ﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ )ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﺑ ﻝ( ﻟﺭﺳ ﻡ ﺧﺭﻳﻁ ﺔ ﻛﻧﺗﻭﺭﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺟﺳﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺑﺩء ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺳ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺑ ﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻣ ﺭﺓ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﻛ ﻝ ﻓﺗ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺟﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻓ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺳﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﻭﻗﺗﺎ ﻁﻭﻳﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣ ﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗ ﻡ ﺍﺑﺗﻛ ﺎﺭ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻳ ﺯﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ Laser Scanner Total Station‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭ )ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﻘ ﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻭﻣﺎﺗﻛﻳ ﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﺣ ﺳﺏ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ( ﻳ ﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻳ ﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻳﺎ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺁﻟﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺻﺩ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﺭﻳ ﺩ ﺭﻓ ﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻣ ﻪ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺎ )ﺍﻷﺭﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ( ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺣ ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺗ ﻳﻥ ﻣﺗﺗ ﺎﻟﻳﺗﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭ ﺁﻟﻳ ﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻣﺭﺓ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻳﻛﺗﻣ ﻝ ﺭﻓ ﻊ ﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺟ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺧ ﺯﻳﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻳ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺫﺍﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻳﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺳﺗﻧﻌﻛﺱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺻﻁﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻫﺩﻑ )ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋ ﺎﻛﺱ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ( ﻣﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎ ﻟﻠﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻳ ﺯﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺟ ﺳﻡ ﺛﻼﺛ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻣﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻭﻋ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﻣﺛﻠ ﺔ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺗﻘ ﺩﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻔ ﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺭﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻭﺛﻳ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻵﺧﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣٦‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭﻱ‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﻭﻳﺭﻳﺔ ‪Photogrammetric Total Station‬‬
‫‪ Systems: PTTS‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻛ ﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻹﻧﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﻳﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺎﻣ ﻝ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺗ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﻭﻳﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌ ﺩ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﻭﻳﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ‪ Close-Range Photogrammetry‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻣﻛ ﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ )ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ( ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻭﺗﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ‬
‫ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳ ﺔ )ﻣﻁﺑﻭﻋ ﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻭﺭﺓ ﺭﻗﻣﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﻓﻛ ﺭﺓ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﻛ ﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻧﺫ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﻌﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﻭﻛﺎﻧ ﺕ ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﻭﻳﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ Photo-Thedolite‬ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ‪ .Wild P30 and Ziess 19/1318‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻌﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻛﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﺗ ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺩﻳﻼ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﻳﻭﺩﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﻭﺗﻡ ﺩﻣﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﺩﻳ ﺩﺓ ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺗﻘ ﺩﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻔ ﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺭﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺇﻧ ﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻧﺗﻭﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺳﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﺗﺧﻔﻳﺽ ﻣﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣٧‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٣‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﺭﻭ‬

‫ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻳﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺟﻳ ﺭﻭ )ﻣﺭﻛ ﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻪ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ‪ azimuth‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ‬
‫ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﻔ ﺎﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺗﺣ ﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ‪ Sokkia Gyro X II‬ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺭﺍﻓ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ‪ "١٥‬ﻭﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ‪ "١‬ﻭﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻛﺱ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ٢٥٠٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ﺑﺩﻗ ﺔ ‪ ١.٥‬ﻣﻠﻠ ﻲ ‪‬‬
‫‪.ppm ٢‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣٨‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﺭﻭ ‪Sokkia Gyro X II‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٣-٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺩﻣﺟ ﺎ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ‪ receiver‬ﻟﻠﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻳﻣﻛﻧ ﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧ ﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﻭﺣ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺛﺑﻳ ﺕ ﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺗﺣﻛ ﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ )ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﻟﻳﻛﺎ‪Leica Smart Station :‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣٩‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ‪Leica Smart Station‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻁﻭﺭﺕ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﺇﻁ ﻼﻕ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛ ﻲ ‪Navy‬‬
‫‪ Navigation Satellite System‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻋﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﺗﺭﺍﻧﺯﻳﺕ ‪ Transit‬ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺭ ‪ - Doppler‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻣﻧﻪ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻹﺳ ﺗﺭﺍﺗﻳﺟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳﻳﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﺍ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺇﻧ ﺷﺎء ﺷ ﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻣﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻗﻣﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺩﺓ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ١٠٧‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﺍﻋﺗﻣﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ‪ ٤٠-٣٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ ﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺭ ﺗﻐﻁ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻅ ﻡ ﺃﻧﺣ ﺎء ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻋ ﺩﺩﻫﺎ )‪ ٦‬ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻘ ﻁ( ﻟ ﻡ ﻳﻛ ﻥ ﻳ ﺳﻣﺢ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﺻ ﻝ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻁﻭﺍﻝ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﻭﻣﻳ ﺎ – ﺑ ﻝ ﻟﻌ ﺩﺓ ﺳ ﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻁﺑﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ – ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻡ ﻳﻠﺑ ﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺳﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﺳﻛﺭﻳﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳﻳﻥ ﻭﺃﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺑ ﺩء ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻊ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﻌﻳﻧﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺩﺃﺕ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺣﻛﻭﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻗﺗ ﺭﺍﺡ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺟﺩﻳ ﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ١٩٦٩‬ﻗﺎﻣ ﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺗﺣ ﺕ ﺍﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺳﻛﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ‪DNSS‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻭﺣﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺭﺍء ﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﻲ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﺡ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﺳﻡ "ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺑﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺯﻣﻥ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪NAVigation Satellite Timing And Ranging Global Positioning‬‬
‫"‪ System‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ‪ ، NAVSRAT GPS‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻁ ﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﺳ ﻊ – ﺑﻌ ﺩ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ – ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ "ﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ‪ ."GPS‬ﺗ ﻡ ﺇﻁ ﻼﻕ ﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻣ ﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ‪ ٢٢‬ﻓﺑﺭﺍﻳ ﺭ ‪ ١٩٧٨‬ﻭﻓ ﻲ ‪ ٨‬ﺩﻳ ﺳﻣﺑﺭ ‪ ١٩٩٣‬ﺗ ﻡ ﺇﻋ ﻼﻥ ﺍﻛﺗﻣ ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﻣﺑ ﺩﺋﻳﺎ )‪ ، Initial Operational Capability (IOC‬ﺃﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻹﻋ ﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻬ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻻﻛﺗﻣ ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺭﺳ ﻣﻳﺎ )‪ Fully Operational Capability (FOC‬ﻓﻘ ﺩ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺃﺑﺭﻳ ﻝ‬
‫‪ .١٩٩٥‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺗ ﻪ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻣﻘ ﺻﻭﺭﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ ﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻠﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺣﻠﻔﺎﺅﻫ ﺎ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﺃﻋﻠ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺭﺋﻳﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛ ﻲ ﺭﻳﺟ ﺎﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ١٩٨٤‬ﺍﻟ ﺳﻣﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻣ ﺩﻧﻳﻳﻥ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ )ﻟﻛﻥ ﻟﻳﺱ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺗ ﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ !( ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺫﻟ ﻙ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﻠﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻟﻁ ﺎﺋﺭﺓ ﺭﻛ ﺎﺏ ﻛﻭﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻣﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺩﺧﻭﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ ﺄ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺳ ﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻛ ﻝ ﻓﺗ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺇﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻣﺗﺎﺣ ﺔ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳ ﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﻭﻣﻳ ﺎ ﻭﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛ ﻝ ﺍﻷﻳ ﺎﻡ ﻟﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ١٩٩٦‬ﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﺎ ﺗ ﺿﻡ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻲ ﺗﺷﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻭ ﺗ ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳ ﻣﻳﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺟﻧ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Inter-Agency GPS Executive Board‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺕﻓ‬ ‫ﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﺭﻧ‬ ‫ﻲﺷ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﻋﻠ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪) IGEB‬ﺍﻟ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺗ‬
‫‪. (http://www.igeb.gov/charter.shtml‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺗﺷﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻳﺳﺑﻖ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﻭﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﻁﻭﺍﻝ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﻭﻣﻳﺎ ﻟﻳﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻐﻁﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﻧﺣﺎء ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁ ﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻋ ﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺻﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟ ﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺗ ﺻﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻠﻔ ﺔ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺗﻘ ﻝ ﺑﻧ ﺳﺑﺔ ﺃﻛﺑ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ‪%٢٥‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﻲ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺿﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳﺣﺗ ﺎﺝ ﻟﺧﺑ ﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻ ﺻﺔ ﻟﺗ ﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ )ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻳ ﺩﻭﻳﺎ(‬
‫ﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺃﺻ ﺑﺣﺕ ﺗ ﺩﻣﺞ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻳﻔﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌ ﺩﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺿ ﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺛﻭﺍﺑﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﻛﺛﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ )ﻋ ﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺻﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺻﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺑﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺷﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻛﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﻁﺭ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -‬ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Aerial‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﻟﻌﻼﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻲ ﻟﻠ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻳ ﺔ‬
‫‪ Photogrammetry‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺋﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺿﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺗ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻋ ﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ‪Remote‬‬
‫‪.Sensing‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ‪.Close-Range Photogrammetry‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ‪Geographic‬‬
‫‪ Information Systems‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ، GIS‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺧ ﺩﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Intelligent‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ ‪ Location-Based Services‬ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫‪ Transportation‬ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻅﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ‪Land Information‬‬
‫‪ Systems‬ﺃﻭ ‪.LIS‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺗﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ ‪ Mobile Mapping Systems‬ﺃﻭ ‪.MMS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻭﺛﻳﻖ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺗ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻭ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺇﻧﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺭﻗﻣﻳ ﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺩﻥ ﺑﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎء ﻭﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ‪.Space Segment‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻁﺭﺓ ‪.Control Segment‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ ‪.User Segment‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١‬ﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎء ‪ -‬ﺍﺳﻣﻳﺎ ‪ -‬ﻣﻥ ‪ ٢٤‬ﻗﻣﺭﺍ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺎ )‪ ٢١‬ﻗﻣﺭ ﻋﺎﻣﻝ ‪ ٣ +‬ﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ spare‬ﻣﻭﺟﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎء( ﻣﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ‪ ٤‬ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﻣﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ‪ ٤‬ﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ( ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻟﺣﻅﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ )ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ .(٥-٥‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺻﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻣﻌ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٢٤‬ﻗﻣﺭﺍ ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﺧﻁﺔ ﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺷ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٢٠٢٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻳﻛﻣ ﻝ ﻛ ﻝ ﻗﻣ ﺭ‬
‫ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﺣ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺩﺓ ‪ ١١‬ﺳ ﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ‪ ٥٦‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻣﻲ ‪ .GMT‬ﻭﻳﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ٤٠٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٨٥٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻭﻳﺑﻠ ﻎ ﻋﻣ ﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿ ﻲ )ﻟﻸﺟﻳ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ( ﺣ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ ﺳ ﺑﻌﺔ ﺳ ﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧ ﺻﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ ﺳﺗﻣﺩ‬
‫ﻁﺎﻗﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺻﻔﻳﺣﺗﻳﻥ ﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻳﻛﻝ ﺗﺯﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﻗ ﺔ ﻋﻧ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻣ ﺭ ﺑﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ ﻅ ﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﻛ ﻝ ﻗﻣ ﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺗﻭﻟﻳ ﺩ ﻣ ﻭﺟﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔ ﻳﻥ ‪ Frequency‬ﻳ ﺳﻣﻭﺍ ‪ L1‬ﻭ ‪ L2‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ Codes‬ﻭ ﺭﺳ ﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ‪ Navigation Message‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺛﻬﻡ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺣﺗ ﻭﻱ ﻛ ﻝ ﻗﻣ ﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺭﻳ ﺔ ‪ Atomic Watch‬ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﻣ ﻥ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻳﺯﻳﻭﻡ ‪ cesium‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻳ ﺩﻳﻭﻡ‬

‫‪.rubidium‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﺭﺕ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺑﺩﺃﺕ ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ – ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ‪– Block I‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺩﺩﻫﻡ ‪ ١١‬ﻗﻣﺭﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺩﺍﻳ ﺔ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﺇﻁ ﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ‪ ٢٢‬ﻓﺑﺭﺍﻳ ﺭ ‪١٩٧٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﻁﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ‪ ٩‬ﺃﻛﺗﻭﺑﺭ ‪ .١٩٨٥‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳ ﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ o٦٣‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻣﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻣﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ ﻫ ﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ ﺳ ﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺻﻑ )ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻡ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﻟﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﺷﺭﺓ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ(‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ‪ Block II/IIA‬ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﻛﻔ ﺎءﺓ ﻣ ﻥ ﺳ ﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ٢٨‬ﻗﻣ ﺭﺍ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻳﺎ ﺗ ﻡ ﺇﻁﻼﻗﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺗ ﺭﺓ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻓﺑﺭﺍﻳ ﺭ ‪ ١٩٨٩‬ﻭ ﻧ ﻭﻓﻣﺑﺭ ‪ ١٩٩٧‬ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳﺑﻠ ﻎ ﻣﻳ ﻝ ﻣ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ‪٥٥‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿ ﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺳ ﺑﻌﺔ ﺳ ﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧ ﺻﻑ‪ .‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﻌ ﺩﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ‪ ٢١) IIR‬ﻗﻣﺭ ﺑﻌﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿ ﻲ ﻳﺑﻠ ﻎ ﻋ ﺷﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ( ﻭﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ‪ IIR-M‬ﻭﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ‪) IIF‬ﺑﻌﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿ ﻲ ﻳ ﺻﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺧﻣ ﺳﺔ ﻋ ﺷﺭ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺎ( ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺑ ﺩﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ‪.Block III‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٢‬ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٣‬ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﻟﻸﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻭﻻﻳ ﺔ ﻛﻠ ﻭﺭﺍﺩﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺣ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻡ )ﺷ ﻛﻝ ‪ .(٧-٥‬ﺗ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑ ﺔ ﻛ ﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺭﺳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻳ ﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﻭﺳ ﻠﻭﻙ )ﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ( ﺳ ﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺳ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﻗﻣ ﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻘ ﻭﻡ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻣ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻡ ﺗﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﻣ ﺭﺓ ﻛ ﻝ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳ ﺎﻋﺔ( ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﻌ ﺩﻳﻝ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺃﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻭﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﺗﺭﺳ ﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺣﺣﺔ ﻛﺈﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٤‬ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻁﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺿﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ )ﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ( ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺇﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ – ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ – ﺍﻟﻣﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺑ ﻪ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻭ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺎ ﺃﺛﻧ ﺎء‬
‫ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ‪ .‬ﺑ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻣ ﻥ‪ :‬ﻫ ﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣ ﺿﺧﻡ ﺇﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳ ﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻻﻗ ﻁ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﻟ ﺩ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺗ ﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﺧ ﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺗﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﺍ ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٩٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻋﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ )ﺗﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﺑﺛﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻔ ﻙ ﺷ ﻔﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺣ ﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺟ ﺩﺍ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ( ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻣﺩﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻼﺕ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺑ ﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ‪ Code‬ﻭﻣ ﺷﻬﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ‪ Navigation Receivers‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﻳ ﺩﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ ، Hand-Held Receivers‬ﻭﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺑ ﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﺭ ‪Phase‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓ ﺔ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ‪، Geodetic Receivers‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺃﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ﺎ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﻟ ﻧﻅﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ‪) GIS-Specific Receivers‬ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.(٩-٥‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻁﺑﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺗ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﻳﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻳﻥ ﺗﺑﺛﻬﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ ‪ Single-Frequency Receivers‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ، L1-Receivers‬ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪Dual-Frequency‬‬
‫‪ Receivers‬ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗ ﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻛ ﻼ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ‪) L1 and L2‬ﻭﻫ ﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻳﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻡ‪ :‬ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺗﺗﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﻣ ﻊ ﺇﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺳ ﻲ ﺟﻠﻭﻧ ﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺇﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﺟﺎﻟﻳﻠﻳﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻲ ﺑﻳﺩﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻬﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٥‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٦‬ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻓﻛﺭﺓ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺫ ﺻﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺙ )ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ( ﻭﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻭﺻ ﻭﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪D = c . t‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺣﻳ ﺙ ‪ D‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ‪ c ،‬ﺳ ﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺳ ﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻭء = ‪ ٢٩٩٧٩٢.٤٥٨‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ‪/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ‪ t ،‬ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟ ﺯﻣﻥ = ﺯﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ – ﺯﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻹﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺑﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺩﻻﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﺗﻳﺯﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ )‪ (Xs, Ys, Zs‬ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ )‪ (Xr, Yr, Zr‬ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫] ‪D =  [ (Xs-Xr)2 +(Ys-Yr)2 +(Zs-Zr)2‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻟﺣﻅﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟ ﺔ )‪ (٢‬ﺗﺣ ﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ ٣‬ﻗﻳﻡ ﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻫﻡ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ )‪ .(Xr, Yr, Zr‬ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻳﻠ ﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﻠﻬﻡ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺁﻧﻳﺎ ‪ simultaneously‬ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻣﻌﻧ ﻲ ﺁﺧ ﺭ‪ :‬ﻳﻠ ﺯﻡ ﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ‪ ٣‬ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ )ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﻭء( ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﺍ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻳﻠﺯﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟ ﺯﻣﻥ ‪ .t‬ﻻﺣ ﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ٠.٠٦‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻟﺗﻘﻁ ﻊ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ٢٠،٠٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺳ ﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺍﻟ ﺫﺭﻱ ﻋ ﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺟ ﺩﺍ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﺯﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻹﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ )ﺯﻣ ﻥ ﺧ ﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ( ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩﺓ ﻓ ﻲ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ )ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺳﻌﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﺎ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺟﻌﻝ ﺳ ﻌﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺣ ﺔ ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ(‪ .‬ﺃﺑﺗﻛ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣ ﺎء ﻓﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﻳ ﺩﺓ ﻭﺫﻛﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻠ ﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﻠﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (٢‬ﺳﺗﺗﺣﻭﻻﻥ ﺇﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪D = c . (t + Et‬‬ ‫)‪(3‬‬
‫] ‪D + D =  [ (Xs-Xr)2 +(Ys-Yr)2 +(Zs-Zr)2‬‬ ‫)‪(4‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ‪ Et‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﺯﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻘﻳ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ‪D ،‬‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻋ ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ‪ Unknowns‬ﺃﺻ ﺑﺢ ‪ ٤‬ﻭﻟ ﻳﺱ ‪) ٣‬ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ‪Xr,‬‬
‫‪ Yr, Zr‬ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺧﻁﺄ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ (D‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺣﺗ ﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫] ‪D1 + D1 =  [ (Xs1-Xr)2 +(Ys1-Yr)2 +(Zs1-Zr)2‬‬
‫] ‪D2 + D2 =  [ (Xs2-Xr)2 +(Ys2-Yr)2 +(Zs2-Zr)2‬‬ ‫)‪(5‬‬
‫] ‪D3 + D3 =  [ (Xs3-Xr)2 +(Ys3-Yr)2 +(Zs3-Zr)2‬‬
‫] ‪D4 + D4 =  [ (Xs4-Xr)2 +(Ys4-Yr)2 +(Zs4-Zr)2‬‬
‫ﺣﻳ ﺙ ‪ D1, D2, D3, D4‬ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ ‪ (Xs1, Ys1, Zs1) ،‬ﻭ)‪ (Xs2, Ys2, Zs2‬ﻭ )‪ (Xs3, Ys3, Zs3‬ﻭ ‪(Xs4, Ys4,‬‬
‫)‪ Zs4‬ﺗﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ ‪ (Xr, Yr, Zr) ،‬ﺗﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‪ Er ،‬ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺧﻁﺄ ﺯﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﺣﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺑﺭﺻﺩ ‪ ٤‬ﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ )ﻧﻛﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﺭﺻﺩ ‪ ٣‬ﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌ ﺎﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺈﻫﻣ ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ(‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪) ٤‬ﺃﻱ ﺗ ﻡ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ‪٤‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪Redundant‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﺔ( ﻓ ﺳﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋ ﺩﺓ‬

‫‪ Measurement‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺯﻳ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻭ ﺟ ﻭﺩﺓ ﺣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﺯﻳ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺑﻁﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٧‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﻛﻝ ﻗﻣﺭ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺑﺈﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﺇﺷ ﺎﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺭﺍﺩﻳ ﻭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﻳﻥ‬
‫‪ carrier frequencies‬ﻭﻣﺣﻣ ﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﻣ ﺎ ﻧ ﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳ ﺔ ‪digital codes‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ‪ .navigation message‬ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟ ﻲ – ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ‪L1‬‬
‫– ‪ ١٥٧٥.٤٢‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ – ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ‪ ١٢٢٧.٦٠ – L2‬ﻣﻳﺟ ﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ‪ wavelength‬ﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ ١٩ L1‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺑﻠ ﻎ ‪ ٢٤.٤‬ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ .L2‬ﺍﻟ ﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳ ﺳﻲ ﻭﺭﺍء ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﻳﻥ ﺻ ﺎﺩﺭﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﻗﻣ ﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻫ ﻭ ﺗﻘ ﺩﻳﺭ ﻭ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺭﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺑﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐ ﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻭﻱ )ﺳ ﻧﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻸﺧﻁ ﺎء‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻝ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ(‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ‪ modulation‬ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻟ ﻪ ﻓﺗﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻣﺭ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻵﺧﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺟﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺑﺩﺃ ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﻋ ﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ ٢٠١٤‬ﺑﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻲ ‪.L5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ ‪ Coarse-Acquisition Code‬ﻭﺗﺭﻣﺯ‬
‫ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪ C/A‬ﻭﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧ ﺎ ﻧ ﺳﻣﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ )ﻷﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣ ﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻣﻌﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗ ﺭﺍءﺓ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ( ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ‪ Precise Code‬ﻭﻳﺭﻣ ﺯ ﻟﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪ P‬ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ )ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣ ﻝ ﻣﻌﻬ ﺎ ﻭﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ ﺗﻡ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺣ ﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻷﻓ ﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻳﺵ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛ ﻲ(‪ .‬ﺗﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻛ ﻝ ﺷ ﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺳﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻗ ﺎﻡ ﺻ ﻔﺭ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﻌ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺑﻣ ﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﺍﻟ ﺿﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﻭﺍﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﻔ ﺔ‬
‫‪ Pseudo Random Noise‬ﺃﻭ ‪ PRN‬ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺗ ﺷﺑﻪ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺷﻭﺍﺋﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻋ ﺷﻭﺍﺋﻳﺔ )ﺷ ﻛﻝ ‪ .(١١-٥‬ﺗﺣﻣ ﻝ‬
‫ﺷ ﻔﺭﺓ ‪ C/A‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ L1‬ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺗﺣﻣ ﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ‪ P‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﻳﻥ ‪.L1, L2‬‬
‫ﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ – ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻳﻝ ﻓﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻘ ﺩﺓ – ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ‪ P‬ﺃﺩﻕ ﻛﺛﻳ ﺭﺍ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ C/A‬ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻘ ﺩ ﺗ ﻡ ﻣﻧ ﻊ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﻗﺑ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩﻧﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﻓﺑﺭﺍﻳ ﺭ ‪١٩٩٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗ ﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﻻﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺣﻠﻔﺎﺅﻫ ﺎ )ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻳﻡ ﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺳﻣﻲ ‪ W-code‬ﺑﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺗﺗﻐﻳ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ P‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ‪Y-‬‬
‫‪.(code‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﺩﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ‪ Standard Positioning Service‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ SPS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ ‪، C/A‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﺩﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ‪ Precise Positioning Service‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ PPS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ‪ P‬ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻗﻣﺭ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺿﺎﻑ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﻳﻥ ‪ .L1, L2‬ﺗﺣﺗ ﻭﻱ ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺳ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ )ﺻﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ ‪ (satellite health‬ﻭﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺧ ﺭﻯ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺧﻁﺄ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ )ﻭﻟﺑ ﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺳﻣﻲ ‪ ، almanac‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٨‬ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗ ﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻳ ﺎ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺷ ﺑﻳﻬﻪ ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳ ﺔ )ﺗﻐﻁ ﻲ ﺧ ﺩﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻛ ﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻅﻡ ﺇﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ )ﺗﻐﻁﻲ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺳ ﻧﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺿﻭء – ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺯء ﺍﻟﻘ ﺎﺩﻡ – ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺽ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺳﻲ ﺟﻠﻭﻧﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺗﺗ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﺑ ﺩﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺳ ﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ )ﺃﺳ ﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺳ ﻳﺔ ﻫ ﻭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ GLObal'naya NAvigatsionnaya Sputnikovaya Sistema‬ﻭﺑﺎﻻﻧﺟﻠﻳﺯﻳ ﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (GLObal Navigation Satellite System‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌ ﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ ﺟﻠﻭﻧ ﺎﺱ‬
‫‪ GLONASS‬ﻣﻊ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻣ ﻥ ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﻋ ﺳﻛﺭﻱ ﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻛﻳ ﺭ ﺑﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭﻩ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ١٩٧٦‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺣ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻭﻓﻳﺗﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫)ﺭﻭﺳﻳﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ( ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻓﻳ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻭﺍﺳ ﻁﺔ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻓ ﻲ ‪ ١٢‬ﺃﻛﺗ ﻭﺑﺭ ‪١٩٨٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻗﻣﺭ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺟﻠﻭﻧﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑﺭ ‪.١٩٩٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺟﻠﻭﻧ ﺎﺱ – ﺭﺳ ﻣﻳﺎ – ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ٢١‬ﻗﻣ ﺭﺍ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻳﺎ ﻣﻭﺯﻋ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ‪ ٣‬ﻣ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺣ ﻭﻝ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ ‪ ١٩١٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﺳ ﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﺔ ﻣﻳ ﻝ ‪٦٤.٨‬‬
‫ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻣ ﻝ ﻛ ﻝ ﻗﻣ ﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛ ﻝ ‪ ١١‬ﺳ ﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺭﺳ ﻝ ﻛ ﻝ ﻗﻣ ﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ‪ Precision Signal‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ، SP‬ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ‪ High-Precision Signal‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ HP‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪١٦٠٢.٥٦٢٥‬‬

‫ﻭ ‪ ١٦١٥.٥‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ)ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ .(L1‬ﺗﺑﻠ ﻎ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺟ ﺭﺍء ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺟﻠﻭﻧﺎﺱ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٥٥‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺎ ﻭ ‪ ٧٠‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺭﺻﺩ ‪ ٤‬ﺃﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ‪ HP‬ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺃﺩﻕ ﺑﻛﺛﻳ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗ ﺻﻝ ﺩﻗ ﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺟﻠﻭﻧﺎﺱ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻭﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺑﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.٢٠١١‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻊ ﻣﺣﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻭﺳ ﻛﻭ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺣﻁ ﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑ ﺔ ﺃﺧ ﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﺟﺎﻟﻳﻠﻳﻭ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ١٩٩٩‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﺡ ﺇﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺟ ﺎﻟﻳﻠﻳﻭ ﻛﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻣ ﺷﺗﺭﻙ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺣ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑ ﻲ‬
‫‪ EU‬ﻭ ﻭﻛﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺿﺎء ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻳ ﺔ ‪ ESA‬ﻛﺑ ﺩﻳﻝ ﻣ ﺩﻧﻲ ﺗ ﺩﻳﺭﻩ ﺟﻬ ﺔ ﻣﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻌﻛ ﺱ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺗ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﺩﻳﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻭﻧﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﻲ ﻓﺿﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻬ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﺟ ﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻧﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺷﺗﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ﺫﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻟﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺃﻟﻑ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺿﺧﻣﺎ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺳﻳﺑﻠﻎ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻪ ‪ ٣.٦‬ﻣﻠﻳ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ .٢٠٢٠‬ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﺗ ﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻣﺎﺡ ﻟﻌ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻧﻭﺑﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺇﺳﺭﺍﺋﻳﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﺭﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻣ ﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﺟ ﺎﻟﻳﻠﻳﻭ ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺩﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺛﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺗﻣﻠ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺩﺃﺕ ﻣﺭﺣﻠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ، ٢٠٠١‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.٢٠٢٠‬‬
‫ﺳ ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺟ ﺎﻟﻳﻠﻳﻭ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻗﻣ ﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻲ )‪ ٢٧‬ﻗﻣ ﺭ ﻋﺎﻣ ﻝ ‪ ٣ +‬ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻳ ﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻭﺯﻋﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻣﻳﻝ ﺑﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ o٥٦‬ﻭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ٢٣٦١٦‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻣﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻗﻣ ﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛ ﻝ ‪ ١٤‬ﺳ ﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ‪ ٧‬ﺩﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺳ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﻣﺭﻛ ﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺿﻳﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺟ ﺎﻟﻳﻠﻳﻭ ﺑﺑ ﺙ‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺇﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ٦ :‬ﻣﺧﺻ ﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﺩﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻭ ﺧﺩﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣ ﺙ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﻘ ﺎﺩ ‪ ٢ ،‬ﻟﻠﺧﺩﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳ ﺔ ‪٢ ،‬‬
‫ﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ‪ ١٢١٥-١١٦٤ :‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ١٥٩١-١٥٥٩‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻗﻣﺭ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻅﻭﻣﺔ ﺟﺎﻟﻳﻠﻳﻭ )‪ (GIOVE-A‬ﻓﻲ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺩﻳﺳﻣﺑﺭ ‪٢٠٠٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺇﻁ ﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ ) ‪ (GIOVE-B‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ٢٠٠٨‬ﻟﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻲ ﺑﻳﺩﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺩﺃ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺑﻳ ﺩﻭ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺻ ﻠﺔ( ﻛﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﻣﻼﺣ ﻲ ﻳﻬ ﺩﻑ ﻟﺗﻐﻁﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻳﻥ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﺗﻁ ﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻘ ﺎ ﺑﻬ ﺩﻑ ﺗﺣﻘﻳ ﻖ ﺗﻐﻁﻳ ﺔ ﺇﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺛ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺫﻟ ﻙ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻁﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪Geostationary Erath Orbit‬‬ ‫ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ٥‬ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Satellites‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ GEO‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻗﻣﺭﺍ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺎ ﻣﺗﻭﺳ ﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪Medium‬‬
‫‪ Earth Orbiting Satellites‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ MEO‬ﻣ ﻭﺯﻋﻳﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ‪ ٦‬ﻣ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ ﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ ٢١٥٠٠‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺑﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻳﻝ ‪ ، o٥٥‬ﻭﻳﻧﺗﻅﺭ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺑﺣﻠ ﻭﻝ ﻋ ﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ .٢٠٢٠‬ﺗﺭﺳ ﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺇﺷ ﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ‪، ١٢١٩.١٤ ، ١١٩٥.١٤ :‬‬
‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ‪ .‬ﺗ‬ ‫‪ ١٥٩١.٧٩-١٥٨٧.٦٩ ، ١٥٦٣.١٥-١٥٥٩.٠٥ ،١٢٨٠.٥٢-١٢٥٦.٥٢‬ﻣﻳﺟ‬
‫ﺇﻁ ﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻳﻧﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ‪ ١٤‬ﺃﺑﺭﻳ ﻝ ‪ ، ٢٠٠٩‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺩﻳﻣﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻔ ﺿﺎء ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻧﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳ ﺎ ﺑﺗ ﺻﻧﻳﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻗﻁ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺳﻳﻁﺭﺓ ﻣ ﻥ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺇﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﻭﻓﺭ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺻ ﻠﺔ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺗ ﻪ ﺑﺄﺳ ﻠﻭﺑﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﻭﺣ ﺔ ‪ Open Service‬ﻟﻛ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺳ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ِ‪ Authorized Service‬ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻅﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﺇﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ )ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻭﻧ ﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺟ ﺎﻟﻳﻠﻳﻭ ﻭ ﺑﻳ ﺩﻭ( ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻟﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻧﻅﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﺗﻬﺩﻑ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻣﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑ ﺎﻥ ﺑﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ‪) QZSS‬ﻣﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ٣‬ﺃﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﻳﻐﻁﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺗﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻧ ﺩ ﺑﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﻣﻼﺣ ﻲ ﺇﻗﻠﻳﻣ ﻲ – ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ‪– IRNSS‬‬
‫ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬ ﺎء ﻣﻧ ﻪ ﻓﻳﻣ ﺎ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﻋ ﺎﻣﻲ ‪ ٢٠٠٨‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﻟﻳﺯﻳ ﺩ ﻛﻔ ﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺩﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ )ﺃﺳ ﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ( ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳﻭﻓﺭﻫ ﺎ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﻣﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻠﻡ ﺑﻁﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺩﻗﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳ ﻭﻓﺭ ﻧﻅ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﺔ ﺃﻧ ﻭﺍﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ) ﺃﻭ ﻁ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ( ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧ ﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﻫﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻘ ﻳﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑ ﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟ ﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﻳﺳﻣﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﺑﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ( ﻭ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺑﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺟﺩﺍ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﺗﻁﺑﻖ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻭﺩﻗﺗﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺗﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺳ ﻧﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻛ ﻼ ﻧ ﻭﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٦‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑ ﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺭﺿ ﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻳﻬ ﺎ ﺳ ﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺳ ﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺿﺭﻭﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻟﻸﺧﻁﺎء ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣ ﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻟ ﻥ ﺗ ﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳ ﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ ‪.Pseudorange‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (٩‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺑﺗﻁ ﻭﻳﺭ ﺷ ﻔﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠ ﻪ )ﺳ ﻭﺍء ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫‪ C/A‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺳﻛﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ‪ P‬ﻁﺑ ﻖ ﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﺗ ﻪ( ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧ ﺔ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟ ﺯﻣﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻐﺭﻗﺗﻪ‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﺻ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻭﺻ ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٠‬ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﻣﻭﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗ ﺻﻧﻳﻊ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺳﻌﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻟﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳ ﺔ‬
‫‪ Navigation‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻳ ﺩﻭﻳﺎ ‪ Hand-Held‬ﺗﻁﺑ ﻖ ﺃﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑ ﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺟ ﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺃﻫ ﻡ ﻋﻳ ﻭﺏ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻳﺗﻣﺛ ﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌ ﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﺑﻬ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﻟ ﻥ ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺗﻘ ﺩﻳﺭ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑ ﺔ ﺑﻘ ﻳﻡ ﺗﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ٦±‬ﻣﺗ ﺭ )ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻧﺣ ﺭﺍﻑ ﻣﻌﻳ ﺎﺭﻱ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻧ ﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﺣﺗﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺗﺑﻠ ﻎ‬
‫‪ (%٦٨.٣‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩±‬ﻣﺗﺭ )ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻱ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ (%٩٩.٧‬ﻟﻺﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺃﻛﺑ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻻﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ )ﻣ ﻥ ‪ ١١±‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪٤٢±‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﺭ(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻁﺑﻊ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﻣﻧﺎﺳ ﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻛ ﺷﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺩﻗ ﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺟﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ Absolute Point Positioning‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻟﺣﻅﺔ ﺭﺻﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫‪ ٢-٦‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ( ﺑﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺗ ﺔ ﺗ ﺷﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺑﺛﻬ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧ ﺔ ﻁ ﻭﺭ ‪ phase‬ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺟﺗﻳﻥ ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻓ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﺭ ‪ carrier phase or carrier beat phase‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﻟ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑ ﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻣ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻓ ﻲ ﻟﺣﻅ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺭﻕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻁ ﻭﺭ ﻳﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺟ ﺯﺃﻳﻥ‪ (١) :‬ﺍﻟﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ‪ integer‬ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ‪ (٢) ،‬ﺃﺟ ﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻛ ﻼ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻧﺎ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻳﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﻭﺑﻛﻝ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Integer‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺛ ﻡ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﻭﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻣ ﻭﺽ ﺍﻟ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‬
‫‪ Ambiguity‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﻣ ﻭﺽ ‪ (N') Ambiguity‬ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻋﺗﺑ ﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﻳﻣ ﺔ ﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١١‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٢‬ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻳﻭﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﻣﻭﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺳﻌﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﻳ ﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧ ﺔ ﺑ ﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺫﺑ ﺔ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢١٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳ ﺔ ‪ Navigation‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻳ ﺩﻭﻳﺎ ‪ Hand-Held‬ﻻ‬

‫ﺗﻁﺑﻖ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﻁﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﻁ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻳﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺳ ﻬﺎ ﺑﻬ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧ ﻭﻉ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ = )‪ (٣٦٠/٢‬ﻣ ﻥ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻣ ﺛﻼ ﻁ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ١٩ = L1‬ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻧ ﺎ ﺑﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺗ ﺻﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪ ١‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗ ﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑ ﺎﻟﻁﺑﻊ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻲ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ﻣﻧﺎﺳ ﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻳﻛﻔﻲ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳ ﻠﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ ﺫﺍ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳ ﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ‬
‫‪ .Absolute Point Positioning‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ ﻣﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺟﻌ ﻝ ﻫ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻧﺎﺳ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳ ﺔ ﻭﺑﻌ ﺽ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺧ ﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﻳ ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺳ ﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛﻧ ﻪ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻁﺑﻊ ﻟ ﻥ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﺎﺳ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﺑﻧ ﺎءﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻣ ﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗ ﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﺟ ﺏ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻡ ﺑﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻳﻭﺏ ﻛﻝ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﺑﻌﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧ ﺳﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺿ ﻠﻲ ‪ Relative or Differential‬ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺃﺣ ﺩﻫﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ‪ Base Receiver‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ‪ Reference Receiver‬ﻣﻭﺟ ﻭﺩﺍ‬
‫‪Rover‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ‬
‫‪ Receiver‬ﻭﻫ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﻳﺗ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠ ﻭﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻬ ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺁﻧﻳ ﺎ ‪ simultaneously‬ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗ ﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻟﺣﻅﺔ ﻭﺫﻟ ﻙ ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ‪ .‬ﺑ ﺎﻓﺗﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻟﻳ ﺳﺕ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩ ﻣﺑ ﺩﺃ ﺃﻥ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺃﺧﻁ ﺎء‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢١١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺭﺻﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻋ ﻥ ﻁﺭﻳ ﻖ ﻧﻘ ﻝ ﻫ ﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻧﻘ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗ ﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬ ﺎء ﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻳ ﺔ )ﻧ ﺳﻣﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘ ﺔ ‪ (Post-Processing‬ﺃﻭ ﺗ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺣﻅﻳ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ )ﻧ ﺳﻣﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﻲ ‪ .(Real-Time‬ﻭﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺣ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ ﻳﻛ ﻭﻥ ﺣ ﻼ ﻧ ﺳﺑﻳﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﻓ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟ ﺔ )‪ (X, Y, Z‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ ﺳﻳ ﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧ ﺎ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٣‬ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻲ ﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺗﻳﻥ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺗﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗ ﺔ ‪Static‬‬
‫– ﻭﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻌﺔ – ﻭﺍﻟﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ‪ Kinematic‬ﻭﻣﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻁ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺃﺧﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﻬ ﺩﻑ ﺇﻛﻣ ﺎﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺔ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳ ﺔ ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻧ ﺳﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ )ﻣﺛ ﻝ ﺇﻧ ﺷﺎء ﺷ ﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﺍﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ ﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٤‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺃﺱ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢١٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ‪Static‬‬

‫ﺗﻌ ﺩ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗ ﺔ ﺃﻧ ﺳﺏ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﻟﻠﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳ ﺔ )ﺗ ﺻﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗ ﺭ( ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﺩﻡ – ﻭ ﺃﺩﻕ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ‪ -‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻅﻬ ﺭﺕ ﺑﻌ ﺩﻫﺎ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻱ )ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ( ﺳﻣﻳﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻱ ‪Static‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺣﺗﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ‬
‫)ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ( ﺑﺎﺣﺗﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ( ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ Dual-Frequency Geodetic Receivers‬ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﻟﻣ ﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﻳﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ Single-Frequency Receivers‬ﻟﻠﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺟ ﺎﻭﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺷﺗﺭﻙ ‪ session‬ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﺗﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺧﻼﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑ ﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺧ ﺭﻯ )ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻁﻠ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻳ ﻪ ﺧ ﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻁ ﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋ ﺩ ‪ .(Base Line‬ﺗﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺑﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺑﻣﻌ ﺩﻝ‬
‫)‪ (Sample Rate‬ﺭﺻﺩﻩ ﻛﻝ ‪ ٢٠-١٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺃﺳ ﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﺃﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗ ﻭﻓﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﺫﺍ ﻟ ﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺗ ﻭﻓﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻓﻘ ﻁ ﻓﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺑﺄﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ‪ Base Line‬ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﻳﻭﺿ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ ﺃﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻭﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻟﻔﺗ ﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻳﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻛﺫﺍ‪ .‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺗ ﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺃﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻣ ﻝ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Network‬ﺣﻳ ﺙ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ )ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻧ ﻳﻥ ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧ ﺎ( ﻓ ﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ( ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺗﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٥‬ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻱ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢١٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻳ ﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻧﻘ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ )ﻣ ﻥ ﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ( ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳ ﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺗﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ‪ GPS Data Processing Software‬ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ﺫ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻟﻠﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌ ﺔ ﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ ‪ ١ ±‬ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻳﻭﻥ )‪ (ppm‬ﺃﻱ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ ‪ +‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻛ ﻝ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺩ ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ﻣ ﻥ ﻁ ﻭﻝ ﺧ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺛ ﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﺧ ﻁ ﻗﺎﻋ ﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻟ ﻪ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻛﻳﻠ ﻭﻣﺗﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌﺔ = ‪ ٢٥ ± = ٢٠ + ٥‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﺟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺷ ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﻧ ﻪ ﺑﻣﻛ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻ ﻭﻝ ﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺃﺣ ﺳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺣﺩﻳﺛﺔ ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺛ ﺭ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻟﻸﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ‪Rapid Static‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ( ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻁ ﺎﻕ ﻣ ﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻗ ﺻﻳﺭﺓ –‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ‪ ١٥-١٠‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭ ‪ -‬ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺭﺻﺩ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳ ﺔ ﺑ ﺳﻳﻁﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻡ ﻳﻧﺗﻘ ﻝ ﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟ ﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻟﺛ ﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻛ ﺫﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﻓﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻛﻠﻬ ﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻣﺷﺗﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟ ﺔ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﺭﺻ ﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺳ ﻣﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺭﻳﻊ ‪) Fast or Rapid Static‬ﺷ ﻛﻝ ‪ .(١٩-٥‬ﺗﺗ ﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻓﺗ ﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ‪ session‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻣﻌ ﺩﻝ ﺭﺻ ﺩ ‪sample rate‬‬
‫ﻛﻝ ‪ ٢٠-١٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﻧﻘ ﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﺇﻟ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳﺏ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺭﺻﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٦‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻘﻠ ﻝ ﺑﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﻛﺑﻳ ﺭﺓ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻳ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺟﻌﻠﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻧﺎﺳ ﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔ ﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ )‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗ ﺭ ‪( ppm ١ ±‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢١٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺻﻝ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳ ﺔ ﻣﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺟﻌﻠﻬ ﺎ ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﻣﻁﺑﻘ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ ‪Kinematic‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ﺩ ﻓﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﻣﺭﺟﻌ ﻲ ‪ Base‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧ ﺭ ‪) Rover‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ( ﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﻋ ﺩﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟ ﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺗﻠ ﻑ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﺑﻧ ﺎءﺍ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻣﻠﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﺳ ﻠﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛ ﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻧﻘ ﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻟﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺗﻣ ﺎﺩ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺣﺳﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺔ – ﺳ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬ ﺎ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ software‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳ ﺏ ﺍﻵﻟ ﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬ ﺎء ﺍﻷﻋﻣ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻠﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﺇﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘ ﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻ ﻭﺩﺓ ﺳ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗ ﺏ ﺃﻭ ‪ Post-Processing‬ﻭﻟ ﻳﺱ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ)ﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ‪ PPK‬ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ‪.(Post-Processing Kinematic‬‬
‫ﻣ ﻥ ﻁ ﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻫ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻌ ﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﺳ ﻡ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺷ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ‬
‫‪ Pseudo-Kinematic‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻳ ﺳﻣﻳﻬﺎ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ‪ Kinematic‬ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻫﻡ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻁﻠ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﻗ ﻭﻑ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﻛ ﻝ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻛﺗﻔ ﻲ ﺑﺭﺻ ﺩﻫﺎ ﺣﺗ ﻰ ﻭﻟ ﻭ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺷﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻷﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻁﺑ ﻖ ﻣﺑ ﺩﺃ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻣﻭﺽ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺑﺩء ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Rover‬ﻣ ﻥ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﻵﺧ ﺭﻱ‬
‫)ﻳ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺣ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻁ ﺎﺋﺭ ‪ On-The-Fly‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ .(OFT‬ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻫ ﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻳ ﺗﻡ ﺿ ﺑﻁ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺁﻟﻳﺎ ﻛﻝ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ )ﻣﺛﻼ ﻛﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ( ﻭﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺣﺎﺟ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻹﻋﻁﺎء ﺃﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺟﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻛﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻑ‪ .‬ﻛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺟﻌﻠﺕ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺷﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺳ ﻬﻝ ﻭ ﺃﺭﺧ ﺹ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﻛ ﺭﺓ ﺗﺟﻣﻳ ﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗ ﻊ ﺛ ﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳ ﺏ ﺍﻵﻟ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗ ﺏ‪ .‬ﻟﻛ ﻥ ﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻧ ﺎﻙ ﺣ ﺎﻻﺕ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٤‬‬
‫______________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ – ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻭﻗﻳﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺣ ﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗ ﻊ ‪ – Stack Out‬ﺗﺣﺗ ﺎﺝ ﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻡ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻟﺣﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻛﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺭﺻ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻭﺟ ﻭﺩ ﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﺩﻳ ﻭ ﻋﻧ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳ ﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﺑﺣﺳﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬ ﺯﺓ( ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﺳ ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﻭﺣ ﺩﺗﻳﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺇﺷ ﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻭﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺍﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺳ ﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻻﺳ ﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ‪ .‬ﻣ ﻥ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻣ ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺻﻭﺩﺓ )ﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻳ ﺭ ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺗﻣﺎﻣ ﺎ( ﻭﻣ ﻥ ﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﺣﺩﺍﺛﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻲ ﻗ ﻳﻡ ﺩﻗﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺑﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻵﻧﻲ ‪.Real-Time‬‬
‫ﺑﻧ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧ ﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻲ ﻳﺣ ﺳﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﻓﺗﻭﺟ ﺩ ﻁ ﺭﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ ﻣ ﻥ ﻁ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ‪ code‬ﻓ ﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺿ ﻠﻲ ‪ Differential GPS‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪ .DGPS‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻛ ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑ ﺕ ﻳﻘ ﻭﻡ ﺑﺣ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺃﺭﺻ ﺎﺩ ﻁ ﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟ ﺔ ‪ Carrier Phase‬ﻓ ﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺗ ﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﻲ ‪ Real-Time Kinematic‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺍ ‪.RTK‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻣﺎ ﺳﺑﻖ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺔ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺟ ﻲ ﺑ ﻲ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺿ ﻠﻲ ‪ DGPS‬ﺗﻛ ﻭﻥ ﻋ ﺩﺓ ﺩﻳ ﺳﻳﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺎ ﻫ ﻭ ﺃﻗ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗ ﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﺗ ﺻﻝ ﺩﻗ ﺔ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅ ﻲ ‪ RTK‬ﺇﻟ ﻲ ‪ ٥-٢‬ﺳ ﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻟ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓ ﺄﻥ ﻁ ﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺿ ﻠﻲ ﺗ ﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﻧﻅ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻣ ﺎ ﻁﺭﻳﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ )‪ (١٧‬ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﻲ‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺩﺭﻭﺟﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
 ‫ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻟﻑ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟ ﺩﻛﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﻣﻌ ﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻣﺣﻣ ﻭﺩ ﻣ ﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﻟﻳ ﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺳﻭﻳﺱ ﺑﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳ ﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪) ١٩٦٢‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻓﻖ ‪١٣٨٣‬ﻫـ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻛ ﺎﻟﻭﺭﻳﻭﺱ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ ١٩٨٥‬ﻣﻥ ﻛﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳ ﺔ ﺑ ﺷﺑﺭﺍ – ﺟﺎﻣﻌ ﺔ ﺑﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺑﻣ ﺻﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺟﺳﺗﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﺩﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻫ ﺎﻳﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﻻﻳ ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ،١٩٩١‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻛﺗﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ١٩٩٨‬ﻣﻥ ﻛﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺑﺷﺑﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﺻﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺻﻝ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﺳﺗﺎﺫ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ٢٠٠٤‬ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳ ﺗﺎﺫﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.٢٠٠٩‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻣ ﻝ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌ ﺔ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻣﻧ ﺫ ﻋ ﺎﻡ ‪ ١٩٨٧‬ﺑﻣﻌﻬ ﺩ ﺑﺣ ﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺑ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳ ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟ ﺭﻱ ﺑﻣ ﺻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻣ ﻝ ﺃﻳ ﺿﺎ ﻣ ﺎﺑﻳﻥ ﻋ ﺎﻣﻰ ‪ ٢٠٠٥‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٠١٤‬ﺑﺟﺎﻣﻌ ﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺭﻯ ﺑﻣﻛ ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺭﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓ ﺎﺯ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌ ﺔ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﺟ ﺎﺋﺯﺓ ﺃﻓ ﺿﻝ ﺑﺣ ﺙ ﻓ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺻﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﺃﻋ ﻭﺍﻡ ‪،٢٠٠٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠٠٩ ،٢٠٠٧ ،٢٠٠٦‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ‪Who‬‬
‫‪ is Who‬ﻟﻠﻔﺗﺭﺓ ‪.٢٠١٢-٢٠١١‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺷﺭ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺳﺗﻭﻥ ﺑﺣﺛﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻣ ﻧﻬﻡ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺯﻳ ﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﺷﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻼﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻣﺅﺗﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻟﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻝ ﻣ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣ ﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳ ﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺟﻠﺗ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻁﺎﻟﻳ ﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳ ﺗﺭﺍﻟﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻧ ﺷﺭ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺟ ﻼﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺅﺗﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﺭﺑﻳ ﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻧﺷﺭ ﺳﺗﺔ ﻋﺷﺭ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻣﺎﺗﻛﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌ ﺔ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻣﺗ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣ ﻥ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻫ ﺩﻱ ﻓﻳ ﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺣﺛ ﺔ ﺑﻣﻌﻬ ﺩ ﺑﺣ ﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﻟ ﻪ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻧﺎء‪ :‬ﻣﺻﻁﻔﻲ ﻭ ﷴ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺭﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺻﻁﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺞ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﻳﺕ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﻡ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻋﺗﻣﺭ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫______________________________________________________________‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﷴ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢١٧‬‬ ‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺯﻳﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻭﻣﺎﺗﻛﺱ‬